1 | //===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | /// \file |
9 | /// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of |
10 | /// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an |
11 | /// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to |
12 | /// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector |
13 | /// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate. |
14 | /// |
15 | /// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions |
16 | /// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged |
17 | /// and are not decomposed to scalar code. |
18 | /// |
19 | /// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also |
20 | /// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the |
21 | /// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized. |
22 | /// |
23 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
24 | |
25 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.h" |
26 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
27 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
28 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
29 | #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h" |
30 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
31 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/Analysis/DomTreeUpdater.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/IR/ConstantFolder.h" |
50 | #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" |
51 | #include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h" |
52 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" |
53 | #include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/IR/DebugInfoMetadata.h" |
55 | #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" |
56 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" |
57 | #include "llvm/IR/Function.h" |
58 | #include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h" |
59 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h" |
60 | #include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h" |
61 | #include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h" |
62 | #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" |
63 | #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" |
64 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" |
65 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
66 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" |
67 | #include "llvm/IR/Module.h" |
68 | #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" |
69 | #include "llvm/IR/PassManager.h" |
70 | #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" |
71 | #include "llvm/IR/Use.h" |
72 | #include "llvm/IR/User.h" |
73 | #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" |
74 | #include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h" |
75 | #include "llvm/InitializePasses.h" |
76 | #include "llvm/Pass.h" |
77 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
78 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" |
79 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
80 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
81 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
82 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
83 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h" |
84 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h" |
85 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" |
86 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h" |
87 | #include <algorithm> |
88 | #include <cassert> |
89 | #include <cstddef> |
90 | #include <cstdint> |
91 | #include <cstring> |
92 | #include <iterator> |
93 | #include <string> |
94 | #include <tuple> |
95 | #include <utility> |
96 | #include <variant> |
97 | #include <vector> |
98 | |
99 | using namespace llvm; |
100 | |
101 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa" |
102 | |
103 | STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement" ); |
104 | STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed" ); |
105 | STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca" ); |
106 | STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten" ); |
107 | STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition" ); |
108 | STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced" ); |
109 | STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values" ); |
110 | STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion" ); |
111 | STATISTIC(NumLoadsPredicated, |
112 | "Number of loads rewritten into predicated loads to allow promotion" ); |
113 | STATISTIC( |
114 | NumStoresPredicated, |
115 | "Number of stores rewritten into predicated loads to allow promotion" ); |
116 | STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted" ); |
117 | STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates" ); |
118 | |
119 | /// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds |
120 | /// GEPs. |
121 | static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds" , cl::init(Val: false), |
122 | cl::Hidden); |
123 | /// Disable running mem2reg during SROA in order to test or debug SROA. |
124 | static cl::opt<bool> SROASkipMem2Reg("sroa-skip-mem2reg" , cl::init(Val: false), |
125 | cl::Hidden); |
126 | namespace { |
127 | |
128 | class AllocaSliceRewriter; |
129 | class AllocaSlices; |
130 | class Partition; |
131 | |
132 | class SelectHandSpeculativity { |
133 | unsigned char Storage = 0; // None are speculatable by default. |
134 | using TrueVal = Bitfield::Element<bool, 0, 1>; // Low 0'th bit. |
135 | using FalseVal = Bitfield::Element<bool, 1, 1>; // Low 1'th bit. |
136 | public: |
137 | SelectHandSpeculativity() = default; |
138 | SelectHandSpeculativity &setAsSpeculatable(bool isTrueVal); |
139 | bool isSpeculatable(bool isTrueVal) const; |
140 | bool areAllSpeculatable() const; |
141 | bool areAnySpeculatable() const; |
142 | bool areNoneSpeculatable() const; |
143 | // For interop as int half of PointerIntPair. |
144 | explicit operator intptr_t() const { return static_cast<intptr_t>(Storage); } |
145 | explicit SelectHandSpeculativity(intptr_t Storage_) : Storage(Storage_) {} |
146 | }; |
147 | static_assert(sizeof(SelectHandSpeculativity) == sizeof(unsigned char)); |
148 | |
149 | using PossiblySpeculatableLoad = |
150 | PointerIntPair<LoadInst *, 2, SelectHandSpeculativity>; |
151 | using UnspeculatableStore = StoreInst *; |
152 | using RewriteableMemOp = |
153 | std::variant<PossiblySpeculatableLoad, UnspeculatableStore>; |
154 | using RewriteableMemOps = SmallVector<RewriteableMemOp, 2>; |
155 | |
156 | /// An optimization pass providing Scalar Replacement of Aggregates. |
157 | /// |
158 | /// This pass takes allocations which can be completely analyzed (that is, they |
159 | /// don't escape) and tries to turn them into scalar SSA values. There are |
160 | /// a few steps to this process. |
161 | /// |
162 | /// 1) It takes allocations of aggregates and analyzes the ways in which they |
163 | /// are used to try to split them into smaller allocations, ideally of |
164 | /// a single scalar data type. It will split up memcpy and memset accesses |
165 | /// as necessary and try to isolate individual scalar accesses. |
166 | /// 2) It will transform accesses into forms which are suitable for SSA value |
167 | /// promotion. This can be replacing a memset with a scalar store of an |
168 | /// integer value, or it can involve speculating operations on a PHI or |
169 | /// select to be a PHI or select of the results. |
170 | /// 3) Finally, this will try to detect a pattern of accesses which map cleanly |
171 | /// onto insert and extract operations on a vector value, and convert them to |
172 | /// this form. By doing so, it will enable promotion of vector aggregates to |
173 | /// SSA vector values. |
174 | class SROA { |
175 | LLVMContext *const C; |
176 | DomTreeUpdater *const DTU; |
177 | AssumptionCache *const AC; |
178 | const bool PreserveCFG; |
179 | |
180 | /// Worklist of alloca instructions to simplify. |
181 | /// |
182 | /// Each alloca in the function is added to this. Each new alloca formed gets |
183 | /// added to it as well to recursively simplify unless that alloca can be |
184 | /// directly promoted. Finally, each time we rewrite a use of an alloca other |
185 | /// the one being actively rewritten, we add it back onto the list if not |
186 | /// already present to ensure it is re-visited. |
187 | SmallSetVector<AllocaInst *, 16> Worklist; |
188 | |
189 | /// A collection of instructions to delete. |
190 | /// We try to batch deletions to simplify code and make things a bit more |
191 | /// efficient. We also make sure there is no dangling pointers. |
192 | SmallVector<WeakVH, 8> DeadInsts; |
193 | |
194 | /// Post-promotion worklist. |
195 | /// |
196 | /// Sometimes we discover an alloca which has a high probability of becoming |
197 | /// viable for SROA after a round of promotion takes place. In those cases, |
198 | /// the alloca is enqueued here for re-processing. |
199 | /// |
200 | /// Note that we have to be very careful to clear allocas out of this list in |
201 | /// the event they are deleted. |
202 | SmallSetVector<AllocaInst *, 16> PostPromotionWorklist; |
203 | |
204 | /// A collection of alloca instructions we can directly promote. |
205 | std::vector<AllocaInst *> PromotableAllocas; |
206 | |
207 | /// A worklist of PHIs to speculate prior to promoting allocas. |
208 | /// |
209 | /// All of these PHIs have been checked for the safety of speculation and by |
210 | /// being speculated will allow promoting allocas currently in the promotable |
211 | /// queue. |
212 | SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 8> SpeculatablePHIs; |
213 | |
214 | /// A worklist of select instructions to rewrite prior to promoting |
215 | /// allocas. |
216 | SmallMapVector<SelectInst *, RewriteableMemOps, 8> SelectsToRewrite; |
217 | |
218 | /// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be |
219 | /// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result, |
220 | /// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted. |
221 | /// From this: |
222 | /// %P2 = select i1 %cond, ptr %Alloca, ptr %Other |
223 | /// %V = load <type>, ptr %P2 |
224 | /// to: |
225 | /// %V1 = load <type>, ptr %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd |
226 | /// %V2 = load <type>, ptr %Other |
227 | /// %V = select i1 %cond, <type> %V1, <type> %V2 |
228 | /// |
229 | /// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads |
230 | /// and if either the operand to the select can be loaded unconditionally, |
231 | /// or if we are allowed to perform CFG modifications. |
232 | /// If found an intervening bitcast with a single use of the load, |
233 | /// allow the promotion. |
234 | static std::optional<RewriteableMemOps> |
235 | isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI, bool PreserveCFG); |
236 | |
237 | public: |
238 | SROA(LLVMContext *C, DomTreeUpdater *DTU, AssumptionCache *AC, |
239 | SROAOptions PreserveCFG_) |
240 | : C(C), DTU(DTU), AC(AC), |
241 | PreserveCFG(PreserveCFG_ == SROAOptions::PreserveCFG) {} |
242 | |
243 | /// Main run method used by both the SROAPass and by the legacy pass. |
244 | std::pair<bool /*Changed*/, bool /*CFGChanged*/> runSROA(Function &F); |
245 | |
246 | private: |
247 | friend class AllocaSliceRewriter; |
248 | |
249 | bool presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS); |
250 | AllocaInst *rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS, Partition &P); |
251 | bool splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS); |
252 | std::pair<bool /*Changed*/, bool /*CFGChanged*/> runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI); |
253 | void clobberUse(Use &U); |
254 | bool deleteDeadInstructions(SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas); |
255 | bool promoteAllocas(Function &F); |
256 | }; |
257 | |
258 | } // end anonymous namespace |
259 | |
260 | /// Calculate the fragment of a variable to use when slicing a store |
261 | /// based on the slice dimensions, existing fragment, and base storage |
262 | /// fragment. |
263 | /// Results: |
264 | /// UseFrag - Use Target as the new fragment. |
265 | /// UseNoFrag - The new slice already covers the whole variable. |
266 | /// Skip - The new alloca slice doesn't include this variable. |
267 | /// FIXME: Can we use calculateFragmentIntersect instead? |
268 | namespace { |
269 | enum FragCalcResult { UseFrag, UseNoFrag, Skip }; |
270 | } |
271 | static FragCalcResult |
272 | calculateFragment(DILocalVariable *Variable, |
273 | uint64_t NewStorageSliceOffsetInBits, |
274 | uint64_t NewStorageSliceSizeInBits, |
275 | std::optional<DIExpression::FragmentInfo> StorageFragment, |
276 | std::optional<DIExpression::FragmentInfo> CurrentFragment, |
277 | DIExpression::FragmentInfo &Target) { |
278 | // If the base storage describes part of the variable apply the offset and |
279 | // the size constraint. |
280 | if (StorageFragment) { |
281 | Target.SizeInBits = |
282 | std::min(a: NewStorageSliceSizeInBits, b: StorageFragment->SizeInBits); |
283 | Target.OffsetInBits = |
284 | NewStorageSliceOffsetInBits + StorageFragment->OffsetInBits; |
285 | } else { |
286 | Target.SizeInBits = NewStorageSliceSizeInBits; |
287 | Target.OffsetInBits = NewStorageSliceOffsetInBits; |
288 | } |
289 | |
290 | // If this slice extracts the entirety of an independent variable from a |
291 | // larger alloca, do not produce a fragment expression, as the variable is |
292 | // not fragmented. |
293 | if (!CurrentFragment) { |
294 | if (auto Size = Variable->getSizeInBits()) { |
295 | // Treat the current fragment as covering the whole variable. |
296 | CurrentFragment = DIExpression::FragmentInfo(*Size, 0); |
297 | if (Target == CurrentFragment) |
298 | return UseNoFrag; |
299 | } |
300 | } |
301 | |
302 | // No additional work to do if there isn't a fragment already, or there is |
303 | // but it already exactly describes the new assignment. |
304 | if (!CurrentFragment || *CurrentFragment == Target) |
305 | return UseFrag; |
306 | |
307 | // Reject the target fragment if it doesn't fit wholly within the current |
308 | // fragment. TODO: We could instead chop up the target to fit in the case of |
309 | // a partial overlap. |
310 | if (Target.startInBits() < CurrentFragment->startInBits() || |
311 | Target.endInBits() > CurrentFragment->endInBits()) |
312 | return Skip; |
313 | |
314 | // Target fits within the current fragment, return it. |
315 | return UseFrag; |
316 | } |
317 | |
318 | static DebugVariable getAggregateVariable(DbgVariableIntrinsic *DVI) { |
319 | return DebugVariable(DVI->getVariable(), std::nullopt, |
320 | DVI->getDebugLoc().getInlinedAt()); |
321 | } |
322 | static DebugVariable getAggregateVariable(DbgVariableRecord *DVR) { |
323 | return DebugVariable(DVR->getVariable(), std::nullopt, |
324 | DVR->getDebugLoc().getInlinedAt()); |
325 | } |
326 | |
327 | /// Helpers for handling new and old debug info modes in migrateDebugInfo. |
328 | /// These overloads unwrap a DbgInstPtr {Instruction* | DbgRecord*} union based |
329 | /// on the \p Unused parameter type. |
330 | DbgVariableRecord *UnwrapDbgInstPtr(DbgInstPtr P, DbgVariableRecord *Unused) { |
331 | (void)Unused; |
332 | return static_cast<DbgVariableRecord *>(cast<DbgRecord *>(Val&: P)); |
333 | } |
334 | DbgAssignIntrinsic *UnwrapDbgInstPtr(DbgInstPtr P, DbgAssignIntrinsic *Unused) { |
335 | (void)Unused; |
336 | return static_cast<DbgAssignIntrinsic *>(cast<Instruction *>(Val&: P)); |
337 | } |
338 | |
339 | /// Find linked dbg.assign and generate a new one with the correct |
340 | /// FragmentInfo. Link Inst to the new dbg.assign. If Value is nullptr the |
341 | /// value component is copied from the old dbg.assign to the new. |
342 | /// \param OldAlloca Alloca for the variable before splitting. |
343 | /// \param IsSplit True if the store (not necessarily alloca) |
344 | /// is being split. |
345 | /// \param OldAllocaOffsetInBits Offset of the slice taken from OldAlloca. |
346 | /// \param SliceSizeInBits New number of bits being written to. |
347 | /// \param OldInst Instruction that is being split. |
348 | /// \param Inst New instruction performing this part of the |
349 | /// split store. |
350 | /// \param Dest Store destination. |
351 | /// \param Value Stored value. |
352 | /// \param DL Datalayout. |
353 | static void migrateDebugInfo(AllocaInst *OldAlloca, bool IsSplit, |
354 | uint64_t OldAllocaOffsetInBits, |
355 | uint64_t SliceSizeInBits, Instruction *OldInst, |
356 | Instruction *Inst, Value *Dest, Value *Value, |
357 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
358 | auto MarkerRange = at::getAssignmentMarkers(Inst: OldInst); |
359 | auto DVRAssignMarkerRange = at::getDVRAssignmentMarkers(Inst: OldInst); |
360 | // Nothing to do if OldInst has no linked dbg.assign intrinsics. |
361 | if (MarkerRange.empty() && DVRAssignMarkerRange.empty()) |
362 | return; |
363 | |
364 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " migrateDebugInfo\n" ); |
365 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " OldAlloca: " << *OldAlloca << "\n" ); |
366 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " IsSplit: " << IsSplit << "\n" ); |
367 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " OldAllocaOffsetInBits: " << OldAllocaOffsetInBits |
368 | << "\n" ); |
369 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " SliceSizeInBits: " << SliceSizeInBits << "\n" ); |
370 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " OldInst: " << *OldInst << "\n" ); |
371 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Inst: " << *Inst << "\n" ); |
372 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Dest: " << *Dest << "\n" ); |
373 | if (Value) |
374 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Value: " << *Value << "\n" ); |
375 | |
376 | /// Map of aggregate variables to their fragment associated with OldAlloca. |
377 | DenseMap<DebugVariable, std::optional<DIExpression::FragmentInfo>> |
378 | BaseFragments; |
379 | for (auto *DAI : at::getAssignmentMarkers(Inst: OldAlloca)) |
380 | BaseFragments[getAggregateVariable(DVI: DAI)] = |
381 | DAI->getExpression()->getFragmentInfo(); |
382 | for (auto *DVR : at::getDVRAssignmentMarkers(Inst: OldAlloca)) |
383 | BaseFragments[getAggregateVariable(DVR)] = |
384 | DVR->getExpression()->getFragmentInfo(); |
385 | |
386 | // The new inst needs a DIAssignID unique metadata tag (if OldInst has |
387 | // one). It shouldn't already have one: assert this assumption. |
388 | assert(!Inst->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_DIAssignID)); |
389 | DIAssignID *NewID = nullptr; |
390 | auto &Ctx = Inst->getContext(); |
391 | DIBuilder DIB(*OldInst->getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false); |
392 | assert(OldAlloca->isStaticAlloca()); |
393 | |
394 | auto MigrateDbgAssign = [&](auto *DbgAssign) { |
395 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " existing dbg.assign is: " << *DbgAssign |
396 | << "\n" ); |
397 | auto *Expr = DbgAssign->getExpression(); |
398 | bool SetKillLocation = false; |
399 | |
400 | if (IsSplit) { |
401 | std::optional<DIExpression::FragmentInfo> BaseFragment; |
402 | { |
403 | auto R = BaseFragments.find(getAggregateVariable(DbgAssign)); |
404 | if (R == BaseFragments.end()) |
405 | return; |
406 | BaseFragment = R->second; |
407 | } |
408 | std::optional<DIExpression::FragmentInfo> CurrentFragment = |
409 | Expr->getFragmentInfo(); |
410 | DIExpression::FragmentInfo NewFragment; |
411 | FragCalcResult Result = calculateFragment( |
412 | DbgAssign->getVariable(), OldAllocaOffsetInBits, SliceSizeInBits, |
413 | BaseFragment, CurrentFragment, NewFragment); |
414 | |
415 | if (Result == Skip) |
416 | return; |
417 | if (Result == UseFrag && !(NewFragment == CurrentFragment)) { |
418 | if (CurrentFragment) { |
419 | // Rewrite NewFragment to be relative to the existing one (this is |
420 | // what createFragmentExpression wants). CalculateFragment has |
421 | // already resolved the size for us. FIXME: Should it return the |
422 | // relative fragment too? |
423 | NewFragment.OffsetInBits -= CurrentFragment->OffsetInBits; |
424 | } |
425 | // Add the new fragment info to the existing expression if possible. |
426 | if (auto E = DIExpression::createFragmentExpression( |
427 | Expr, OffsetInBits: NewFragment.OffsetInBits, SizeInBits: NewFragment.SizeInBits)) { |
428 | Expr = *E; |
429 | } else { |
430 | // Otherwise, add the new fragment info to an empty expression and |
431 | // discard the value component of this dbg.assign as the value cannot |
432 | // be computed with the new fragment. |
433 | Expr = *DIExpression::createFragmentExpression( |
434 | Expr: DIExpression::get(Context&: Expr->getContext(), Elements: std::nullopt), |
435 | OffsetInBits: NewFragment.OffsetInBits, SizeInBits: NewFragment.SizeInBits); |
436 | SetKillLocation = true; |
437 | } |
438 | } |
439 | } |
440 | |
441 | // If we haven't created a DIAssignID ID do that now and attach it to Inst. |
442 | if (!NewID) { |
443 | NewID = DIAssignID::getDistinct(Context&: Ctx); |
444 | Inst->setMetadata(KindID: LLVMContext::MD_DIAssignID, Node: NewID); |
445 | } |
446 | |
447 | ::Value *NewValue = Value ? Value : DbgAssign->getValue(); |
448 | auto *NewAssign = UnwrapDbgInstPtr( |
449 | DIB.insertDbgAssign(LinkedInstr: Inst, Val: NewValue, SrcVar: DbgAssign->getVariable(), ValExpr: Expr, |
450 | Addr: Dest, |
451 | AddrExpr: DIExpression::get(Context&: Expr->getContext(), Elements: std::nullopt), |
452 | DL: DbgAssign->getDebugLoc()), |
453 | DbgAssign); |
454 | |
455 | // If we've updated the value but the original dbg.assign has an arglist |
456 | // then kill it now - we can't use the requested new value. |
457 | // We can't replace the DIArgList with the new value as it'd leave |
458 | // the DIExpression in an invalid state (DW_OP_LLVM_arg operands without |
459 | // an arglist). And we can't keep the DIArgList in case the linked store |
460 | // is being split - in which case the DIArgList + expression may no longer |
461 | // be computing the correct value. |
462 | // This should be a very rare situation as it requires the value being |
463 | // stored to differ from the dbg.assign (i.e., the value has been |
464 | // represented differently in the debug intrinsic for some reason). |
465 | SetKillLocation |= |
466 | Value && (DbgAssign->hasArgList() || |
467 | !DbgAssign->getExpression()->isSingleLocationExpression()); |
468 | if (SetKillLocation) |
469 | NewAssign->setKillLocation(); |
470 | |
471 | // We could use more precision here at the cost of some additional (code) |
472 | // complexity - if the original dbg.assign was adjacent to its store, we |
473 | // could position this new dbg.assign adjacent to its store rather than the |
474 | // old dbg.assgn. That would result in interleaved dbg.assigns rather than |
475 | // what we get now: |
476 | // split store !1 |
477 | // split store !2 |
478 | // dbg.assign !1 |
479 | // dbg.assign !2 |
480 | // This (current behaviour) results results in debug assignments being |
481 | // noted as slightly offset (in code) from the store. In practice this |
482 | // should have little effect on the debugging experience due to the fact |
483 | // that all the split stores should get the same line number. |
484 | NewAssign->moveBefore(DbgAssign); |
485 | |
486 | NewAssign->setDebugLoc(DbgAssign->getDebugLoc()); |
487 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Created new assign: " << *NewAssign << "\n" ); |
488 | }; |
489 | |
490 | for_each(Range&: MarkerRange, F: MigrateDbgAssign); |
491 | for_each(Range&: DVRAssignMarkerRange, F: MigrateDbgAssign); |
492 | } |
493 | |
494 | namespace { |
495 | |
496 | /// A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names, but only in |
497 | /// Assert builds. |
498 | class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter final : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter { |
499 | std::string Prefix; |
500 | |
501 | Twine getNameWithPrefix(const Twine &Name) const { |
502 | return Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name; |
503 | } |
504 | |
505 | public: |
506 | void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); } |
507 | |
508 | void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB, |
509 | BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const override { |
510 | IRBuilderDefaultInserter::InsertHelper(I, Name: getNameWithPrefix(Name), BB, |
511 | InsertPt); |
512 | } |
513 | }; |
514 | |
515 | /// Provide a type for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds. |
516 | using IRBuilderTy = IRBuilder<ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter>; |
517 | |
518 | /// A used slice of an alloca. |
519 | /// |
520 | /// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It |
521 | /// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use |
522 | /// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable |
523 | /// or not when forming partitions of the alloca. |
524 | class Slice { |
525 | /// The beginning offset of the range. |
526 | uint64_t BeginOffset = 0; |
527 | |
528 | /// The ending offset, not included in the range. |
529 | uint64_t EndOffset = 0; |
530 | |
531 | /// Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be |
532 | /// split. |
533 | PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable; |
534 | |
535 | public: |
536 | Slice() = default; |
537 | |
538 | Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable) |
539 | : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset), |
540 | UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {} |
541 | |
542 | uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; } |
543 | uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; } |
544 | |
545 | bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); } |
546 | void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); } |
547 | |
548 | Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); } |
549 | |
550 | bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; } |
551 | void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); } |
552 | |
553 | /// Support for ordering ranges. |
554 | /// |
555 | /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are |
556 | /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are |
557 | /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the |
558 | /// same start position. |
559 | bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const { |
560 | if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset()) |
561 | return true; |
562 | if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset()) |
563 | return false; |
564 | if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable()) |
565 | return !isSplittable(); |
566 | if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset()) |
567 | return true; |
568 | return false; |
569 | } |
570 | |
571 | /// Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches. |
572 | friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS, |
573 | uint64_t RHSOffset) { |
574 | return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset; |
575 | } |
576 | friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset, |
577 | const Slice &RHS) { |
578 | return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset(); |
579 | } |
580 | |
581 | bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const { |
582 | return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() && |
583 | beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset(); |
584 | } |
585 | bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); } |
586 | }; |
587 | |
588 | /// Representation of the alloca slices. |
589 | /// |
590 | /// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its |
591 | /// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation |
592 | /// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are |
593 | /// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices |
594 | /// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices. |
595 | class AllocaSlices { |
596 | public: |
597 | /// Construct the slices of a particular alloca. |
598 | AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI); |
599 | |
600 | /// Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis. |
601 | /// |
602 | /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be |
603 | /// ignored. |
604 | bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; } |
605 | |
606 | /// Support for iterating over the slices. |
607 | /// @{ |
608 | using iterator = SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator; |
609 | using range = iterator_range<iterator>; |
610 | |
611 | iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); } |
612 | iterator end() { return Slices.end(); } |
613 | |
614 | using const_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator; |
615 | using const_range = iterator_range<const_iterator>; |
616 | |
617 | const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); } |
618 | const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); } |
619 | /// @} |
620 | |
621 | /// Erase a range of slices. |
622 | void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(CS: Start, CE: Stop); } |
623 | |
624 | /// Insert new slices for this alloca. |
625 | /// |
626 | /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts |
627 | /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices |
628 | /// hold. |
629 | void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) { |
630 | int OldSize = Slices.size(); |
631 | Slices.append(in_start: NewSlices.begin(), in_end: NewSlices.end()); |
632 | auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize; |
633 | llvm::sort(Start: SliceI, End: Slices.end()); |
634 | std::inplace_merge(first: Slices.begin(), middle: SliceI, last: Slices.end()); |
635 | } |
636 | |
637 | // Forward declare the iterator and range accessor for walking the |
638 | // partitions. |
639 | class partition_iterator; |
640 | iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions(); |
641 | |
642 | /// Access the dead users for this alloca. |
643 | ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; } |
644 | |
645 | /// Access Uses that should be dropped if the alloca is promotable. |
646 | ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadUsesIfPromotable() const { |
647 | return DeadUseIfPromotable; |
648 | } |
649 | |
650 | /// Access the dead operands referring to this alloca. |
651 | /// |
652 | /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the |
653 | /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for |
654 | /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just |
655 | /// need to replace with undef. |
656 | ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; } |
657 | |
658 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) |
659 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " " ) const; |
660 | void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, |
661 | StringRef Indent = " " ) const; |
662 | void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, |
663 | StringRef Indent = " " ) const; |
664 | void print(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
665 | void dump(const_iterator I) const; |
666 | void dump() const; |
667 | #endif |
668 | |
669 | private: |
670 | template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase; |
671 | class SliceBuilder; |
672 | |
673 | friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder; |
674 | |
675 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) |
676 | /// Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces. |
677 | AllocaInst &AI; |
678 | #endif |
679 | |
680 | /// The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set |
681 | /// of slices. |
682 | /// |
683 | /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we |
684 | /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the |
685 | /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully. |
686 | Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr; |
687 | |
688 | /// The slices of the alloca. |
689 | /// |
690 | /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This |
691 | /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable |
692 | /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more |
693 | /// details. |
694 | SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices; |
695 | |
696 | /// Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca. |
697 | /// |
698 | /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an |
699 | /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten, |
700 | /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with poison as |
701 | /// they come from outside of the allocated space. |
702 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers; |
703 | |
704 | /// Uses which will become dead if can promote the alloca. |
705 | SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadUseIfPromotable; |
706 | |
707 | /// Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca. |
708 | /// |
709 | /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with |
710 | /// poison when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs |
711 | /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be |
712 | /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we |
713 | /// want to swap this particular input for poison to simplify the use lists of |
714 | /// the alloca. |
715 | SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands; |
716 | }; |
717 | |
718 | /// A partition of the slices. |
719 | /// |
720 | /// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as |
721 | /// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's |
722 | /// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices |
723 | /// overlapping some part of the partition. |
724 | /// |
725 | /// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but |
726 | /// are only ephemeral and not persistent. |
727 | class Partition { |
728 | private: |
729 | friend class AllocaSlices; |
730 | friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator; |
731 | |
732 | using iterator = AllocaSlices::iterator; |
733 | |
734 | /// The beginning and ending offsets of the alloca for this |
735 | /// partition. |
736 | uint64_t BeginOffset = 0, EndOffset = 0; |
737 | |
738 | /// The start and end iterators of this partition. |
739 | iterator SI, SJ; |
740 | |
741 | /// A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition. |
742 | SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails; |
743 | |
744 | /// Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at |
745 | /// the given iterator. |
746 | Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {} |
747 | |
748 | public: |
749 | /// The start offset of this partition. |
750 | /// |
751 | /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset. |
752 | uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; } |
753 | |
754 | /// The end offset of this partition. |
755 | /// |
756 | /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset. |
757 | uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; } |
758 | |
759 | /// The size of the partition. |
760 | /// |
761 | /// Note that this can never be zero. |
762 | uint64_t size() const { |
763 | assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!" ); |
764 | return EndOffset - BeginOffset; |
765 | } |
766 | |
767 | /// Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans |
768 | /// a region occupied by split slices. |
769 | bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; } |
770 | |
771 | /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition. |
772 | /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the |
773 | /// partition begin offset. |
774 | /// @{ |
775 | // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that |
776 | // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the |
777 | // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer |
778 | // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for |
779 | // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns. |
780 | iterator begin() const { return SI; } |
781 | iterator end() const { return SJ; } |
782 | /// @} |
783 | |
784 | /// Get the sequence of split slice tails. |
785 | /// |
786 | /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are |
787 | /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming |
788 | /// partitions. |
789 | ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; } |
790 | }; |
791 | |
792 | } // end anonymous namespace |
793 | |
794 | /// An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices. |
795 | /// |
796 | /// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's |
797 | /// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for |
798 | /// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the |
799 | /// current set of split slices. |
800 | /// |
801 | /// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate |
802 | /// with either const or non-const slice iterators. |
803 | class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator |
804 | : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator, std::forward_iterator_tag, |
805 | Partition> { |
806 | friend class AllocaSlices; |
807 | |
808 | /// Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class |
809 | /// with a nice interface for examining them. |
810 | Partition P; |
811 | |
812 | /// We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop. |
813 | AllocaSlices::iterator SE; |
814 | |
815 | /// We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen. |
816 | /// FIXME: Do we really? |
817 | uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0; |
818 | |
819 | /// Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the |
820 | /// end iterator. |
821 | partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE) |
822 | : P(SI), SE(SE) { |
823 | // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial |
824 | // partition. |
825 | if (SI != SE) |
826 | advance(); |
827 | } |
828 | |
829 | /// Advance the iterator to the next partition. |
830 | /// |
831 | /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices. |
832 | void advance() { |
833 | assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) && |
834 | "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!" ); |
835 | |
836 | // Clear out any split uses which have ended. |
837 | if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) { |
838 | if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) { |
839 | // If we've finished all splits, this is easy. |
840 | P.SplitTails.clear(); |
841 | MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0; |
842 | } else { |
843 | // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This |
844 | // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that |
845 | // the prior partition ended prior to that max. |
846 | llvm::erase_if(C&: P.SplitTails, |
847 | P: [&](Slice *S) { return S->endOffset() <= P.EndOffset; }); |
848 | assert(llvm::any_of(P.SplitTails, |
849 | [&](Slice *S) { |
850 | return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset; |
851 | }) && |
852 | "Could not find the current max split slice offset!" ); |
853 | assert(llvm::all_of(P.SplitTails, |
854 | [&](Slice *S) { |
855 | return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset; |
856 | }) && |
857 | "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!" ); |
858 | } |
859 | } |
860 | |
861 | // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and |
862 | // now have an end iterator. |
863 | if (P.SI == SE) { |
864 | assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!" ); |
865 | return; |
866 | } |
867 | |
868 | // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for |
869 | // subsequent partitions. |
870 | if (P.SI != P.SJ) { |
871 | // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old |
872 | // partition into the split list. |
873 | for (Slice &S : P) |
874 | if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) { |
875 | P.SplitTails.push_back(Elt: &S); |
876 | MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = |
877 | std::max(a: S.endOffset(), b: MaxSplitSliceEndOffset); |
878 | } |
879 | |
880 | // Start from the end of the previous partition. |
881 | P.SI = P.SJ; |
882 | |
883 | // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices. |
884 | if (P.SI == SE) { |
885 | P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset; |
886 | P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset; |
887 | return; |
888 | } |
889 | |
890 | // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is |
891 | // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split |
892 | // slices up until the next slice begins. |
893 | if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset && |
894 | !P.SI->isSplittable()) { |
895 | P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset; |
896 | P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset(); |
897 | return; |
898 | } |
899 | } |
900 | |
901 | // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the |
902 | // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the |
903 | // partition is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have |
904 | // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin |
905 | // at the prior end offset. |
906 | P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset; |
907 | P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset(); |
908 | ++P.SJ; |
909 | |
910 | // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the |
911 | // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice. |
912 | if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) { |
913 | // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at |
914 | // the first slice and will extend through its end. |
915 | assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset()); |
916 | |
917 | // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this |
918 | // unsplittable slice. |
919 | while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) { |
920 | if (!P.SJ->isSplittable()) |
921 | P.EndOffset = std::max(a: P.EndOffset, b: P.SJ->endOffset()); |
922 | ++P.SJ; |
923 | } |
924 | |
925 | // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable |
926 | // partitions. |
927 | return; |
928 | } |
929 | |
930 | // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form |
931 | // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable |
932 | // splices. |
933 | assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!" ); |
934 | |
935 | // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices. |
936 | while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset && |
937 | P.SJ->isSplittable()) { |
938 | P.EndOffset = std::max(a: P.EndOffset, b: P.SJ->endOffset()); |
939 | ++P.SJ; |
940 | } |
941 | |
942 | // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an |
943 | // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of |
944 | // a partition spanning only splittable slices. |
945 | if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) { |
946 | assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable()); |
947 | P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset(); |
948 | } |
949 | } |
950 | |
951 | public: |
952 | bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const { |
953 | assert(SE == RHS.SE && |
954 | "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!" ); |
955 | |
956 | // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and |
957 | // the emptiness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when |
958 | // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split |
959 | // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split |
960 | // slices. |
961 | if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI && P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) { |
962 | assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ && |
963 | "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!" ); |
964 | assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() && |
965 | "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split " |
966 | "slice tails!" ); |
967 | return true; |
968 | } |
969 | return false; |
970 | } |
971 | |
972 | partition_iterator &operator++() { |
973 | advance(); |
974 | return *this; |
975 | } |
976 | |
977 | Partition &operator*() { return P; } |
978 | }; |
979 | |
980 | /// A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices. |
981 | /// |
982 | /// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's |
983 | /// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping |
984 | /// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty" |
985 | /// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split |
986 | /// slices. |
987 | iterator_range<AllocaSlices::partition_iterator> AllocaSlices::partitions() { |
988 | return make_range(x: partition_iterator(begin(), end()), |
989 | y: partition_iterator(end(), end())); |
990 | } |
991 | |
992 | static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { |
993 | // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is |
994 | // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen |
995 | // early on. |
996 | if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val: SI.getCondition())) |
997 | return SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 1 + CI->isZero()); |
998 | if (SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 1) == SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 2)) |
999 | return SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 1); |
1000 | |
1001 | return nullptr; |
1002 | } |
1003 | |
1004 | /// A helper that folds a PHI node or a select. |
1005 | static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) { |
1006 | if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Val: &I)) { |
1007 | // If PN merges together the same value, return that value. |
1008 | return PN->hasConstantValue(); |
1009 | } |
1010 | return foldSelectInst(SI&: cast<SelectInst>(Val&: I)); |
1011 | } |
1012 | |
1013 | /// Builder for the alloca slices. |
1014 | /// |
1015 | /// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses |
1016 | /// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset. |
1017 | class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> { |
1018 | friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>; |
1019 | friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>; |
1020 | |
1021 | using Base = PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>; |
1022 | |
1023 | const uint64_t AllocSize; |
1024 | AllocaSlices &AS; |
1025 | |
1026 | SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap; |
1027 | SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes; |
1028 | |
1029 | /// Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk. |
1030 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts; |
1031 | |
1032 | public: |
1033 | SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) |
1034 | : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL), |
1035 | AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: AI.getAllocatedType()).getFixedValue()), |
1036 | AS(AS) {} |
1037 | |
1038 | private: |
1039 | void markAsDead(Instruction &I) { |
1040 | if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(Ptr: &I).second) |
1041 | AS.DeadUsers.push_back(Elt: &I); |
1042 | } |
1043 | |
1044 | void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size, |
1045 | bool IsSplittable = false) { |
1046 | // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or |
1047 | // past the end of the allocation. |
1048 | if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(RHS: AllocSize)) { |
1049 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @" |
1050 | << Offset |
1051 | << " which has zero size or starts outside of the " |
1052 | << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n" |
1053 | << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n" |
1054 | << " use: " << I << "\n" ); |
1055 | return markAsDead(I); |
1056 | } |
1057 | |
1058 | uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue(); |
1059 | uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size; |
1060 | |
1061 | // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is |
1062 | // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows. |
1063 | // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely, |
1064 | // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where |
1065 | // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore |
1066 | // them, and so have to record at least the information here. |
1067 | assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above. |
1068 | if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) { |
1069 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @" |
1070 | << Offset << " to remain within the " << AllocSize |
1071 | << " byte alloca:\n" |
1072 | << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n" |
1073 | << " use: " << I << "\n" ); |
1074 | EndOffset = AllocSize; |
1075 | } |
1076 | |
1077 | AS.Slices.push_back(Elt: Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable)); |
1078 | } |
1079 | |
1080 | void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) { |
1081 | if (BC.use_empty()) |
1082 | return markAsDead(I&: BC); |
1083 | |
1084 | return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC); |
1085 | } |
1086 | |
1087 | void visitAddrSpaceCastInst(AddrSpaceCastInst &ASC) { |
1088 | if (ASC.use_empty()) |
1089 | return markAsDead(I&: ASC); |
1090 | |
1091 | return Base::visitAddrSpaceCastInst(ASC); |
1092 | } |
1093 | |
1094 | void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) { |
1095 | if (GEPI.use_empty()) |
1096 | return markAsDead(I&: GEPI); |
1097 | |
1098 | if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) { |
1099 | // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside |
1100 | // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the |
1101 | // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable |
1102 | // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into |
1103 | // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds |
1104 | // by writing out the code here where we have the underlying allocation |
1105 | // size readily available. |
1106 | APInt GEPOffset = Offset; |
1107 | const DataLayout &DL = GEPI.getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
1108 | for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP: GEPI), |
1109 | GTE = gep_type_end(GEP: GEPI); |
1110 | GTI != GTE; ++GTI) { |
1111 | ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val: GTI.getOperand()); |
1112 | if (!OpC) |
1113 | break; |
1114 | |
1115 | // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer. |
1116 | if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) { |
1117 | unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue(); |
1118 | const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(Ty: STy); |
1119 | GEPOffset += |
1120 | APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Idx: ElementIdx)); |
1121 | } else { |
1122 | // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the |
1123 | // type. |
1124 | APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(width: Offset.getBitWidth()); |
1125 | GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), |
1126 | GTI.getSequentialElementStride(DL)); |
1127 | } |
1128 | |
1129 | // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not |
1130 | // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can |
1131 | // delete it and all uses. |
1132 | if (GEPOffset.ugt(RHS: AllocSize)) |
1133 | return markAsDead(I&: GEPI); |
1134 | } |
1135 | } |
1136 | |
1137 | return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI); |
1138 | } |
1139 | |
1140 | void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, |
1141 | uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) { |
1142 | // We allow splitting of non-volatile loads and stores where the type is an |
1143 | // integer type. These may be used to implement 'memcpy' or other "transfer |
1144 | // of bits" patterns. |
1145 | bool IsSplittable = |
1146 | Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile && DL.typeSizeEqualsStoreSize(Ty); |
1147 | |
1148 | insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable); |
1149 | } |
1150 | |
1151 | void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) { |
1152 | assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) && |
1153 | "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split" ); |
1154 | |
1155 | if (!IsOffsetKnown) |
1156 | return PI.setAborted(&LI); |
1157 | |
1158 | TypeSize Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: LI.getType()); |
1159 | if (Size.isScalable()) |
1160 | return PI.setAborted(&LI); |
1161 | |
1162 | return handleLoadOrStore(Ty: LI.getType(), I&: LI, Offset, Size: Size.getFixedValue(), |
1163 | IsVolatile: LI.isVolatile()); |
1164 | } |
1165 | |
1166 | void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) { |
1167 | Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand(); |
1168 | if (ValOp == *U) |
1169 | return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI); |
1170 | if (!IsOffsetKnown) |
1171 | return PI.setAborted(&SI); |
1172 | |
1173 | TypeSize StoreSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: ValOp->getType()); |
1174 | if (StoreSize.isScalable()) |
1175 | return PI.setAborted(&SI); |
1176 | |
1177 | uint64_t Size = StoreSize.getFixedValue(); |
1178 | |
1179 | // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the |
1180 | // bounds of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply |
1181 | // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping |
1182 | // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the |
1183 | // risk of overflow. |
1184 | // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this |
1185 | // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions. |
1186 | if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(RHS: AllocSize - Size)) { |
1187 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @" |
1188 | << Offset << " which extends past the end of the " |
1189 | << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n" |
1190 | << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n" |
1191 | << " use: " << SI << "\n" ); |
1192 | return markAsDead(I&: SI); |
1193 | } |
1194 | |
1195 | assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) && |
1196 | "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split" ); |
1197 | handleLoadOrStore(Ty: ValOp->getType(), I&: SI, Offset, Size, IsVolatile: SI.isVolatile()); |
1198 | } |
1199 | |
1200 | void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) { |
1201 | assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?" ); |
1202 | ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val: II.getLength()); |
1203 | if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) || |
1204 | (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(RHS: AllocSize))) |
1205 | // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely. |
1206 | return markAsDead(I&: II); |
1207 | |
1208 | if (!IsOffsetKnown) |
1209 | return PI.setAborted(&II); |
1210 | |
1211 | insertUse(I&: II, Offset, |
1212 | Size: Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() |
1213 | : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(), |
1214 | IsSplittable: (bool)Length); |
1215 | } |
1216 | |
1217 | void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) { |
1218 | ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val: II.getLength()); |
1219 | if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0) |
1220 | // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely. |
1221 | return markAsDead(I&: II); |
1222 | |
1223 | // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the |
1224 | // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it. |
1225 | if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(Ptr: &II)) |
1226 | return; |
1227 | |
1228 | if (!IsOffsetKnown) |
1229 | return PI.setAborted(&II); |
1230 | |
1231 | // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can |
1232 | // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side |
1233 | // if already added to our partitions. |
1234 | // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when |
1235 | // instrumenting for ASan. |
1236 | if (Offset.uge(RHS: AllocSize)) { |
1237 | SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI = |
1238 | MemTransferSliceMap.find(Val: &II); |
1239 | if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end()) |
1240 | AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill(); |
1241 | return markAsDead(I&: II); |
1242 | } |
1243 | |
1244 | uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue(); |
1245 | uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset; |
1246 | |
1247 | // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both |
1248 | // source and dest. |
1249 | if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) { |
1250 | // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op. |
1251 | if (!II.isVolatile()) |
1252 | return markAsDead(I&: II); |
1253 | |
1254 | return insertUse(I&: II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false); |
1255 | } |
1256 | |
1257 | // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then |
1258 | // they both point to the same alloca. |
1259 | bool Inserted; |
1260 | SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI; |
1261 | std::tie(args&: MTPI, args&: Inserted) = |
1262 | MemTransferSliceMap.insert(KV: std::make_pair(x: &II, y: AS.Slices.size())); |
1263 | unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second; |
1264 | if (!Inserted) { |
1265 | Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx]; |
1266 | |
1267 | // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer. |
1268 | // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer. |
1269 | if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) { |
1270 | PrevP.kill(); |
1271 | return markAsDead(I&: II); |
1272 | } |
1273 | |
1274 | // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't |
1275 | // split those. |
1276 | PrevP.makeUnsplittable(); |
1277 | } |
1278 | |
1279 | // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature. |
1280 | insertUse(I&: II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length); |
1281 | |
1282 | // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map. |
1283 | assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II && |
1284 | "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user." ); |
1285 | } |
1286 | |
1287 | // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants and |
1288 | // invariant group. |
1289 | // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but |
1290 | // doesn't make sense. |
1291 | void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) { |
1292 | if (II.isDroppable()) { |
1293 | AS.DeadUseIfPromotable.push_back(Elt: U); |
1294 | return; |
1295 | } |
1296 | |
1297 | if (!IsOffsetKnown) |
1298 | return PI.setAborted(&II); |
1299 | |
1300 | if (II.isLifetimeStartOrEnd()) { |
1301 | ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(Val: II.getArgOperand(i: 0)); |
1302 | uint64_t Size = std::min(a: AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(), |
1303 | b: Length->getLimitedValue()); |
1304 | insertUse(I&: II, Offset, Size, IsSplittable: true); |
1305 | return; |
1306 | } |
1307 | |
1308 | if (II.isLaunderOrStripInvariantGroup()) { |
1309 | insertUse(I&: II, Offset, Size: AllocSize, IsSplittable: true); |
1310 | enqueueUsers(I&: II); |
1311 | return; |
1312 | } |
1313 | |
1314 | Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II); |
1315 | } |
1316 | |
1317 | Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) { |
1318 | // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of |
1319 | // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses |
1320 | // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored |
1321 | // size. |
1322 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited; |
1323 | SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses; |
1324 | Visited.insert(Ptr: Root); |
1325 | Uses.push_back(Elt: std::make_pair(x: cast<Instruction>(Val&: *U), y&: Root)); |
1326 | const DataLayout &DL = Root->getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
1327 | // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as |
1328 | // a size zero access. |
1329 | Size = 0; |
1330 | do { |
1331 | Instruction *I, *UsedI; |
1332 | std::tie(args&: UsedI, args&: I) = Uses.pop_back_val(); |
1333 | |
1334 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: I)) { |
1335 | TypeSize LoadSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: LI->getType()); |
1336 | if (LoadSize.isScalable()) { |
1337 | PI.setAborted(LI); |
1338 | return nullptr; |
1339 | } |
1340 | Size = std::max(a: Size, b: LoadSize.getFixedValue()); |
1341 | continue; |
1342 | } |
1343 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: I)) { |
1344 | Value *Op = SI->getOperand(i_nocapture: 0); |
1345 | if (Op == UsedI) |
1346 | return SI; |
1347 | TypeSize StoreSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: Op->getType()); |
1348 | if (StoreSize.isScalable()) { |
1349 | PI.setAborted(SI); |
1350 | return nullptr; |
1351 | } |
1352 | Size = std::max(a: Size, b: StoreSize.getFixedValue()); |
1353 | continue; |
1354 | } |
1355 | |
1356 | if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Val: I)) { |
1357 | if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices()) |
1358 | return GEP; |
1359 | } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(Val: I) && !isa<PHINode>(Val: I) && |
1360 | !isa<SelectInst>(Val: I) && !isa<AddrSpaceCastInst>(Val: I)) { |
1361 | return I; |
1362 | } |
1363 | |
1364 | for (User *U : I->users()) |
1365 | if (Visited.insert(Ptr: cast<Instruction>(Val: U)).second) |
1366 | Uses.push_back(Elt: std::make_pair(x&: I, y: cast<Instruction>(Val: U))); |
1367 | } while (!Uses.empty()); |
1368 | |
1369 | return nullptr; |
1370 | } |
1371 | |
1372 | void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) { |
1373 | assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I)); |
1374 | if (I.use_empty()) |
1375 | return markAsDead(I); |
1376 | |
1377 | // If this is a PHI node before a catchswitch, we cannot insert any non-PHI |
1378 | // instructions in this BB, which may be required during rewriting. Bail out |
1379 | // on these cases. |
1380 | if (isa<PHINode>(Val: I) && |
1381 | I.getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt() == I.getParent()->end()) |
1382 | return PI.setAborted(&I); |
1383 | |
1384 | // TODO: We could use simplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and |
1385 | // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current |
1386 | // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading |
1387 | // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not |
1388 | // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the |
1389 | // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef, |
1390 | // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand |
1391 | // "undef". |
1392 | if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) { |
1393 | if (Result == *U) |
1394 | // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse |
1395 | // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it. |
1396 | enqueueUsers(I); |
1397 | else |
1398 | // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace |
1399 | // it with poison. |
1400 | AS.DeadOperands.push_back(Elt: U); |
1401 | |
1402 | return; |
1403 | } |
1404 | |
1405 | if (!IsOffsetKnown) |
1406 | return PI.setAborted(&I); |
1407 | |
1408 | // See if we already have computed info on this node. |
1409 | uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I]; |
1410 | if (!Size) { |
1411 | // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it. |
1412 | if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Root: &I, Size)) |
1413 | return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI); |
1414 | } |
1415 | |
1416 | // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire |
1417 | // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special |
1418 | // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands |
1419 | // themselves which should be replaced with poison. |
1420 | // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting |
1421 | // for address sanitization. |
1422 | if (Offset.uge(RHS: AllocSize)) { |
1423 | AS.DeadOperands.push_back(Elt: U); |
1424 | return; |
1425 | } |
1426 | |
1427 | insertUse(I, Offset, Size); |
1428 | } |
1429 | |
1430 | void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(I&: PN); } |
1431 | |
1432 | void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(I&: SI); } |
1433 | |
1434 | /// Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca. |
1435 | void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); } |
1436 | }; |
1437 | |
1438 | AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI) |
1439 | : |
1440 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) |
1441 | AI(AI), |
1442 | #endif |
1443 | PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) { |
1444 | SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this); |
1445 | SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(I&: AI); |
1446 | if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) { |
1447 | // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely, |
1448 | // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices. |
1449 | PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst() |
1450 | : PtrI.getAbortingInst(); |
1451 | assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction" ); |
1452 | return; |
1453 | } |
1454 | |
1455 | llvm::erase_if(C&: Slices, P: [](const Slice &S) { return S.isDead(); }); |
1456 | |
1457 | // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order, |
1458 | // and the sizes to be in descending order. |
1459 | llvm::stable_sort(Range&: Slices); |
1460 | } |
1461 | |
1462 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) |
1463 | |
1464 | void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, |
1465 | StringRef Indent) const { |
1466 | printSlice(OS, I, Indent); |
1467 | OS << "\n" ; |
1468 | printUse(OS, I, Indent); |
1469 | } |
1470 | |
1471 | void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, |
1472 | StringRef Indent) const { |
1473 | OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")" |
1474 | << " slice #" << (I - begin()) |
1475 | << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "" ); |
1476 | } |
1477 | |
1478 | void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, |
1479 | StringRef Indent) const { |
1480 | OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n" ; |
1481 | } |
1482 | |
1483 | void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const { |
1484 | if (PointerEscapingInstr) { |
1485 | OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n" |
1486 | << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n" |
1487 | << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n" ; |
1488 | return; |
1489 | } |
1490 | |
1491 | OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n" ; |
1492 | for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) |
1493 | print(OS, I); |
1494 | } |
1495 | |
1496 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const { |
1497 | print(OS&: dbgs(), I); |
1498 | } |
1499 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(OS&: dbgs()); } |
1500 | |
1501 | #endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) |
1502 | |
1503 | /// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this |
1504 | /// sequence of slices. |
1505 | static std::pair<Type *, IntegerType *> |
1506 | findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B, AllocaSlices::const_iterator E, |
1507 | uint64_t EndOffset) { |
1508 | Type *Ty = nullptr; |
1509 | bool TyIsCommon = true; |
1510 | IntegerType *ITy = nullptr; |
1511 | |
1512 | // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we |
1513 | // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices. |
1514 | for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) { |
1515 | Use *U = I->getUse(); |
1516 | if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(Val: *U->getUser())) |
1517 | continue; |
1518 | if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset) |
1519 | continue; |
1520 | |
1521 | Type *UserTy = nullptr; |
1522 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
1523 | UserTy = LI->getType(); |
1524 | } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
1525 | UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType(); |
1526 | } |
1527 | |
1528 | if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(Val: UserTy)) { |
1529 | // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter |
1530 | // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the |
1531 | // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width |
1532 | // multiple. |
1533 | if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 || |
1534 | UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset())) |
1535 | continue; |
1536 | |
1537 | // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there |
1538 | // is no common type. |
1539 | if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth()) |
1540 | ITy = UserITy; |
1541 | } |
1542 | |
1543 | // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not |
1544 | // depend on types skipped above. |
1545 | if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy)) |
1546 | TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type. |
1547 | else |
1548 | Ty = UserTy; |
1549 | } |
1550 | |
1551 | return {TyIsCommon ? Ty : nullptr, ITy}; |
1552 | } |
1553 | |
1554 | /// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be |
1555 | /// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the |
1556 | /// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted. |
1557 | /// From this: |
1558 | /// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other] |
1559 | /// %V = load i32* %P2 |
1560 | /// to: |
1561 | /// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd |
1562 | /// ... |
1563 | /// %V2 = load i32* %Other |
1564 | /// ... |
1565 | /// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2] |
1566 | /// |
1567 | /// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands |
1568 | /// to the select can be loaded unconditionally. |
1569 | /// |
1570 | /// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in |
1571 | /// Transforms/Util/Local.h |
1572 | static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN) { |
1573 | const DataLayout &DL = PN.getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
1574 | |
1575 | // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block |
1576 | // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load. |
1577 | // TODO: Allow recursive phi users. |
1578 | // TODO: Allow stores. |
1579 | BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent(); |
1580 | Align MaxAlign; |
1581 | uint64_t APWidth = DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty: PN.getType()); |
1582 | Type *LoadType = nullptr; |
1583 | for (User *U : PN.users()) { |
1584 | LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: U); |
1585 | if (!LI || !LI->isSimple()) |
1586 | return false; |
1587 | |
1588 | // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is |
1589 | // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through |
1590 | // a PHI. |
1591 | if (LI->getParent() != BB) |
1592 | return false; |
1593 | |
1594 | if (LoadType) { |
1595 | if (LoadType != LI->getType()) |
1596 | return false; |
1597 | } else { |
1598 | LoadType = LI->getType(); |
1599 | } |
1600 | |
1601 | // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that |
1602 | // could store. |
1603 | for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI(PN); &*BBI != LI; ++BBI) |
1604 | if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory()) |
1605 | return false; |
1606 | |
1607 | MaxAlign = std::max(a: MaxAlign, b: LI->getAlign()); |
1608 | } |
1609 | |
1610 | if (!LoadType) |
1611 | return false; |
1612 | |
1613 | APInt LoadSize = |
1614 | APInt(APWidth, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: LoadType).getFixedValue()); |
1615 | |
1616 | // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the |
1617 | // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put |
1618 | // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge. |
1619 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) { |
1620 | Instruction *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(i: Idx)->getTerminator(); |
1621 | Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(i: Idx); |
1622 | |
1623 | // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an |
1624 | // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load |
1625 | // in the predecessor. |
1626 | if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects()) |
1627 | return false; |
1628 | |
1629 | // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't |
1630 | // critical. |
1631 | if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1) |
1632 | continue; |
1633 | |
1634 | // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there |
1635 | // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred |
1636 | // block. |
1637 | if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(V: InVal, Alignment: MaxAlign, Size&: LoadSize, DL, ScanFrom: TI)) |
1638 | continue; |
1639 | |
1640 | return false; |
1641 | } |
1642 | |
1643 | return true; |
1644 | } |
1645 | |
1646 | static void speculatePHINodeLoads(IRBuilderTy &IRB, PHINode &PN) { |
1647 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n" ); |
1648 | |
1649 | LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(Val: PN.user_back()); |
1650 | Type *LoadTy = SomeLoad->getType(); |
1651 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(&PN); |
1652 | PHINode *NewPN = IRB.CreatePHI(Ty: LoadTy, NumReservedValues: PN.getNumIncomingValues(), |
1653 | Name: PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated" ); |
1654 | |
1655 | // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It does not |
1656 | // matter which one we get and if any differ. |
1657 | AAMDNodes AATags = SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(); |
1658 | Align Alignment = SomeLoad->getAlign(); |
1659 | |
1660 | // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI. |
1661 | while (!PN.use_empty()) { |
1662 | LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Val: PN.user_back()); |
1663 | LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V: NewPN); |
1664 | LI->eraseFromParent(); |
1665 | } |
1666 | |
1667 | // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks. |
1668 | DenseMap<BasicBlock *, Value *> InjectedLoads; |
1669 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) { |
1670 | BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(i: Idx); |
1671 | Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(i: Idx); |
1672 | |
1673 | // A PHI node is allowed to have multiple (duplicated) entries for the same |
1674 | // basic block, as long as the value is the same. So if we already injected |
1675 | // a load in the predecessor, then we should reuse the same load for all |
1676 | // duplicated entries. |
1677 | if (Value *V = InjectedLoads.lookup(Val: Pred)) { |
1678 | NewPN->addIncoming(V, BB: Pred); |
1679 | continue; |
1680 | } |
1681 | |
1682 | Instruction *TI = Pred->getTerminator(); |
1683 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(TI); |
1684 | |
1685 | LoadInst *Load = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad( |
1686 | Ty: LoadTy, Ptr: InVal, Align: Alignment, |
1687 | Name: (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName())); |
1688 | ++NumLoadsSpeculated; |
1689 | if (AATags) |
1690 | Load->setAAMetadata(AATags); |
1691 | NewPN->addIncoming(V: Load, BB: Pred); |
1692 | InjectedLoads[Pred] = Load; |
1693 | } |
1694 | |
1695 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n" ); |
1696 | PN.eraseFromParent(); |
1697 | } |
1698 | |
1699 | SelectHandSpeculativity & |
1700 | SelectHandSpeculativity::setAsSpeculatable(bool isTrueVal) { |
1701 | if (isTrueVal) |
1702 | Bitfield::set<SelectHandSpeculativity::TrueVal>(Packed&: Storage, Value: true); |
1703 | else |
1704 | Bitfield::set<SelectHandSpeculativity::FalseVal>(Packed&: Storage, Value: true); |
1705 | return *this; |
1706 | } |
1707 | |
1708 | bool SelectHandSpeculativity::isSpeculatable(bool isTrueVal) const { |
1709 | return isTrueVal ? Bitfield::get<SelectHandSpeculativity::TrueVal>(Packed: Storage) |
1710 | : Bitfield::get<SelectHandSpeculativity::FalseVal>(Packed: Storage); |
1711 | } |
1712 | |
1713 | bool SelectHandSpeculativity::areAllSpeculatable() const { |
1714 | return isSpeculatable(/*isTrueVal=*/true) && |
1715 | isSpeculatable(/*isTrueVal=*/false); |
1716 | } |
1717 | |
1718 | bool SelectHandSpeculativity::areAnySpeculatable() const { |
1719 | return isSpeculatable(/*isTrueVal=*/true) || |
1720 | isSpeculatable(/*isTrueVal=*/false); |
1721 | } |
1722 | bool SelectHandSpeculativity::areNoneSpeculatable() const { |
1723 | return !areAnySpeculatable(); |
1724 | } |
1725 | |
1726 | static SelectHandSpeculativity |
1727 | isSafeLoadOfSelectToSpeculate(LoadInst &LI, SelectInst &SI, bool PreserveCFG) { |
1728 | assert(LI.isSimple() && "Only for simple loads" ); |
1729 | SelectHandSpeculativity Spec; |
1730 | |
1731 | const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
1732 | for (Value *Value : {SI.getTrueValue(), SI.getFalseValue()}) |
1733 | if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(V: Value, Ty: LI.getType(), Alignment: LI.getAlign(), DL, |
1734 | ScanFrom: &LI)) |
1735 | Spec.setAsSpeculatable(/*isTrueVal=*/Value == SI.getTrueValue()); |
1736 | else if (PreserveCFG) |
1737 | return Spec; |
1738 | |
1739 | return Spec; |
1740 | } |
1741 | |
1742 | std::optional<RewriteableMemOps> |
1743 | SROA::isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI, bool PreserveCFG) { |
1744 | RewriteableMemOps Ops; |
1745 | |
1746 | for (User *U : SI.users()) { |
1747 | if (auto *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Val: U); BC && BC->hasOneUse()) |
1748 | U = *BC->user_begin(); |
1749 | |
1750 | if (auto *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: U)) { |
1751 | // Note that atomic stores can be transformed; atomic semantics do not |
1752 | // have any meaning for a local alloca. Stores are not speculatable, |
1753 | // however, so if we can't turn it into a predicated store, we are done. |
1754 | if (Store->isVolatile() || PreserveCFG) |
1755 | return {}; // Give up on this `select`. |
1756 | Ops.emplace_back(Args&: Store); |
1757 | continue; |
1758 | } |
1759 | |
1760 | auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: U); |
1761 | |
1762 | // Note that atomic loads can be transformed; |
1763 | // atomic semantics do not have any meaning for a local alloca. |
1764 | if (!LI || LI->isVolatile()) |
1765 | return {}; // Give up on this `select`. |
1766 | |
1767 | PossiblySpeculatableLoad Load(LI); |
1768 | if (!LI->isSimple()) { |
1769 | // If the `load` is not simple, we can't speculatively execute it, |
1770 | // but we could handle this via a CFG modification. But can we? |
1771 | if (PreserveCFG) |
1772 | return {}; // Give up on this `select`. |
1773 | Ops.emplace_back(Args&: Load); |
1774 | continue; |
1775 | } |
1776 | |
1777 | SelectHandSpeculativity Spec = |
1778 | isSafeLoadOfSelectToSpeculate(LI&: *LI, SI, PreserveCFG); |
1779 | if (PreserveCFG && !Spec.areAllSpeculatable()) |
1780 | return {}; // Give up on this `select`. |
1781 | |
1782 | Load.setInt(Spec); |
1783 | Ops.emplace_back(Args&: Load); |
1784 | } |
1785 | |
1786 | return Ops; |
1787 | } |
1788 | |
1789 | static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI, LoadInst &LI, |
1790 | IRBuilderTy &IRB) { |
1791 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original load: " << SI << "\n" ); |
1792 | |
1793 | Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue(); |
1794 | Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue(); |
1795 | // Replace the given load of the select with a select of two loads. |
1796 | |
1797 | assert(LI.isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads" ); |
1798 | |
1799 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(&LI); |
1800 | |
1801 | LoadInst *TL = |
1802 | IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: LI.getType(), Ptr: TV, Align: LI.getAlign(), |
1803 | Name: LI.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true" ); |
1804 | LoadInst *FL = |
1805 | IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: LI.getType(), Ptr: FV, Align: LI.getAlign(), |
1806 | Name: LI.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false" ); |
1807 | NumLoadsSpeculated += 2; |
1808 | |
1809 | // Transfer alignment and AA info if present. |
1810 | TL->setAlignment(LI.getAlign()); |
1811 | FL->setAlignment(LI.getAlign()); |
1812 | |
1813 | AAMDNodes Tags = LI.getAAMetadata(); |
1814 | if (Tags) { |
1815 | TL->setAAMetadata(Tags); |
1816 | FL->setAAMetadata(Tags); |
1817 | } |
1818 | |
1819 | Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(C: SI.getCondition(), True: TL, False: FL, |
1820 | Name: LI.getName() + ".sroa.speculated" ); |
1821 | |
1822 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n" ); |
1823 | LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V); |
1824 | } |
1825 | |
1826 | template <typename T> |
1827 | static void rewriteMemOpOfSelect(SelectInst &SI, T &I, |
1828 | SelectHandSpeculativity Spec, |
1829 | DomTreeUpdater &DTU) { |
1830 | assert((isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<StoreInst>(I)) && "Only for load and store!" ); |
1831 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original mem op: " << I << "\n" ); |
1832 | BasicBlock *Head = I.getParent(); |
1833 | Instruction *ThenTerm = nullptr; |
1834 | Instruction *ElseTerm = nullptr; |
1835 | if (Spec.areNoneSpeculatable()) |
1836 | SplitBlockAndInsertIfThenElse(SI.getCondition(), &I, &ThenTerm, &ElseTerm, |
1837 | SI.getMetadata(KindID: LLVMContext::MD_prof), &DTU); |
1838 | else { |
1839 | SplitBlockAndInsertIfThen(SI.getCondition(), &I, /*Unreachable=*/false, |
1840 | SI.getMetadata(KindID: LLVMContext::MD_prof), &DTU, |
1841 | /*LI=*/nullptr, /*ThenBlock=*/nullptr); |
1842 | if (Spec.isSpeculatable(/*isTrueVal=*/true)) |
1843 | cast<BranchInst>(Val: Head->getTerminator())->swapSuccessors(); |
1844 | } |
1845 | auto *HeadBI = cast<BranchInst>(Val: Head->getTerminator()); |
1846 | Spec = {}; // Do not use `Spec` beyond this point. |
1847 | BasicBlock *Tail = I.getParent(); |
1848 | Tail->setName(Head->getName() + ".cont" ); |
1849 | PHINode *PN; |
1850 | if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) |
1851 | PN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), 2, "" , I.getIterator()); |
1852 | for (BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(BB: Head)) { |
1853 | bool IsThen = SuccBB == HeadBI->getSuccessor(i: 0); |
1854 | int SuccIdx = IsThen ? 0 : 1; |
1855 | auto *NewMemOpBB = SuccBB == Tail ? Head : SuccBB; |
1856 | auto &CondMemOp = cast<T>(*I.clone()); |
1857 | if (NewMemOpBB != Head) { |
1858 | NewMemOpBB->setName(Head->getName() + (IsThen ? ".then" : ".else" )); |
1859 | if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) |
1860 | ++NumLoadsPredicated; |
1861 | else |
1862 | ++NumStoresPredicated; |
1863 | } else { |
1864 | CondMemOp.dropUBImplyingAttrsAndMetadata(); |
1865 | ++NumLoadsSpeculated; |
1866 | } |
1867 | CondMemOp.insertBefore(NewMemOpBB->getTerminator()); |
1868 | Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 1 + SuccIdx); |
1869 | CondMemOp.setOperand(I.getPointerOperandIndex(), Ptr); |
1870 | if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) { |
1871 | CondMemOp.setName(I.getName() + (IsThen ? ".then" : ".else" ) + ".val" ); |
1872 | PN->addIncoming(V: &CondMemOp, BB: NewMemOpBB); |
1873 | } else |
1874 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << CondMemOp << "\n" ); |
1875 | } |
1876 | if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) { |
1877 | PN->takeName(V: &I); |
1878 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *PN << "\n" ); |
1879 | I.replaceAllUsesWith(PN); |
1880 | } |
1881 | } |
1882 | |
1883 | static void rewriteMemOpOfSelect(SelectInst &SelInst, Instruction &I, |
1884 | SelectHandSpeculativity Spec, |
1885 | DomTreeUpdater &DTU) { |
1886 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: &I)) |
1887 | rewriteMemOpOfSelect(SI&: SelInst, I&: *LI, Spec, DTU); |
1888 | else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: &I)) |
1889 | rewriteMemOpOfSelect(SI&: SelInst, I&: *SI, Spec, DTU); |
1890 | else |
1891 | llvm_unreachable_internal(msg: "Only for load and store." ); |
1892 | } |
1893 | |
1894 | static bool rewriteSelectInstMemOps(SelectInst &SI, |
1895 | const RewriteableMemOps &Ops, |
1896 | IRBuilderTy &IRB, DomTreeUpdater *DTU) { |
1897 | bool CFGChanged = false; |
1898 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original select: " << SI << "\n" ); |
1899 | |
1900 | for (const RewriteableMemOp &Op : Ops) { |
1901 | SelectHandSpeculativity Spec; |
1902 | Instruction *I; |
1903 | if (auto *const *US = std::get_if<UnspeculatableStore>(ptr: &Op)) { |
1904 | I = *US; |
1905 | } else { |
1906 | auto PSL = std::get<PossiblySpeculatableLoad>(v: Op); |
1907 | I = PSL.getPointer(); |
1908 | Spec = PSL.getInt(); |
1909 | } |
1910 | if (Spec.areAllSpeculatable()) { |
1911 | speculateSelectInstLoads(SI, LI&: cast<LoadInst>(Val&: *I), IRB); |
1912 | } else { |
1913 | assert(DTU && "Should not get here when not allowed to modify the CFG!" ); |
1914 | rewriteMemOpOfSelect(SelInst&: SI, I&: *I, Spec, DTU&: *DTU); |
1915 | CFGChanged = true; |
1916 | } |
1917 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
1918 | } |
1919 | |
1920 | for (User *U : make_early_inc_range(Range: SI.users())) |
1921 | cast<BitCastInst>(Val: U)->eraseFromParent(); |
1922 | SI.eraseFromParent(); |
1923 | return CFGChanged; |
1924 | } |
1925 | |
1926 | /// Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the |
1927 | /// resulting pointer has PointerTy. |
1928 | static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr, |
1929 | APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, |
1930 | const Twine &NamePrefix) { |
1931 | if (Offset != 0) |
1932 | Ptr = IRB.CreateInBoundsPtrAdd(Ptr, Offset: IRB.getInt(AI: Offset), |
1933 | Name: NamePrefix + "sroa_idx" ); |
1934 | return IRB.CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(V: Ptr, DestTy: PointerTy, |
1935 | Name: NamePrefix + "sroa_cast" ); |
1936 | } |
1937 | |
1938 | /// Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset. |
1939 | static Align getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset) { |
1940 | return commonAlignment(A: getLoadStoreAlignment(I), Offset); |
1941 | } |
1942 | |
1943 | /// Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type. |
1944 | /// |
1945 | /// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to |
1946 | /// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we |
1947 | /// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an |
1948 | /// underlying value, and convert that value. |
1949 | static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) { |
1950 | if (OldTy == NewTy) |
1951 | return true; |
1952 | |
1953 | // For integer types, we can't handle any bit-width differences. This would |
1954 | // break both vector conversions with extension and introduce endianness |
1955 | // issues when in conjunction with loads and stores. |
1956 | if (isa<IntegerType>(Val: OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(Val: NewTy)) { |
1957 | assert(cast<IntegerType>(OldTy)->getBitWidth() != |
1958 | cast<IntegerType>(NewTy)->getBitWidth() && |
1959 | "We can't have the same bitwidth for different int types" ); |
1960 | return false; |
1961 | } |
1962 | |
1963 | if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: NewTy).getFixedValue() != |
1964 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: OldTy).getFixedValue()) |
1965 | return false; |
1966 | if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType()) |
1967 | return false; |
1968 | |
1969 | // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors |
1970 | // of pointers and integers. |
1971 | OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType(); |
1972 | NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType(); |
1973 | if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) { |
1974 | if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy()) { |
1975 | unsigned OldAS = OldTy->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
1976 | unsigned NewAS = NewTy->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
1977 | // Convert pointers if they are pointers from the same address space or |
1978 | // different integral (not non-integral) address spaces with the same |
1979 | // pointer size. |
1980 | return OldAS == NewAS || |
1981 | (!DL.isNonIntegralAddressSpace(AddrSpace: OldAS) && |
1982 | !DL.isNonIntegralAddressSpace(AddrSpace: NewAS) && |
1983 | DL.getPointerSize(AS: OldAS) == DL.getPointerSize(AS: NewAS)); |
1984 | } |
1985 | |
1986 | // We can convert integers to integral pointers, but not to non-integral |
1987 | // pointers. |
1988 | if (OldTy->isIntegerTy()) |
1989 | return !DL.isNonIntegralPointerType(Ty: NewTy); |
1990 | |
1991 | // We can convert integral pointers to integers, but non-integral pointers |
1992 | // need to remain pointers. |
1993 | if (!DL.isNonIntegralPointerType(Ty: OldTy)) |
1994 | return NewTy->isIntegerTy(); |
1995 | |
1996 | return false; |
1997 | } |
1998 | |
1999 | if (OldTy->isTargetExtTy() || NewTy->isTargetExtTy()) |
2000 | return false; |
2001 | |
2002 | return true; |
2003 | } |
2004 | |
2005 | /// Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different |
2006 | /// type. |
2007 | /// |
2008 | /// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts, |
2009 | /// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test |
2010 | /// two types for viability with this routine. |
2011 | static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, |
2012 | Type *NewTy) { |
2013 | Type *OldTy = V->getType(); |
2014 | assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type" ); |
2015 | |
2016 | if (OldTy == NewTy) |
2017 | return V; |
2018 | |
2019 | assert(!(isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) && |
2020 | "Integer types must be the exact same to convert." ); |
2021 | |
2022 | // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. May require additional bitcast. |
2023 | if (OldTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && NewTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) { |
2024 | // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8* |
2025 | // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*> |
2026 | // Expand <4 x i32> to <2 x i8*> --> <4 x i32> to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*> |
2027 | // Directly handle i64 to i8* |
2028 | return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V: IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DestTy: DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)), |
2029 | DestTy: NewTy); |
2030 | } |
2031 | |
2032 | // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. May require additional bitcast. |
2033 | if (OldTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && NewTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) { |
2034 | // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128 |
2035 | // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32> |
2036 | // Expand <2 x i8*> to <4 x i32> --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to <4 x i32> |
2037 | // Expand i8* to i64 --> i8* to i64 to i64 |
2038 | return IRB.CreateBitCast(V: IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DestTy: DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)), |
2039 | DestTy: NewTy); |
2040 | } |
2041 | |
2042 | if (OldTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && NewTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) { |
2043 | unsigned OldAS = OldTy->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
2044 | unsigned NewAS = NewTy->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
2045 | // To convert pointers with different address spaces (they are already |
2046 | // checked convertible, i.e. they have the same pointer size), so far we |
2047 | // cannot use `bitcast` (which has restrict on the same address space) or |
2048 | // `addrspacecast` (which is not always no-op casting). Instead, use a pair |
2049 | // of no-op `ptrtoint`/`inttoptr` casts through an integer with the same bit |
2050 | // size. |
2051 | if (OldAS != NewAS) { |
2052 | assert(DL.getPointerSize(OldAS) == DL.getPointerSize(NewAS)); |
2053 | return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V: IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DestTy: DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)), |
2054 | DestTy: NewTy); |
2055 | } |
2056 | } |
2057 | |
2058 | return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DestTy: NewTy); |
2059 | } |
2060 | |
2061 | /// Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector. |
2062 | /// |
2063 | /// This function is called to test each entry in a partition which is slated |
2064 | /// for a single slice. |
2065 | static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(Partition &P, const Slice &S, |
2066 | VectorType *Ty, |
2067 | uint64_t ElementSize, |
2068 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
2069 | // First validate the slice offsets. |
2070 | uint64_t BeginOffset = |
2071 | std::max(a: S.beginOffset(), b: P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset(); |
2072 | uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize; |
2073 | if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset || |
2074 | BeginIndex >= cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: Ty)->getNumElements()) |
2075 | return false; |
2076 | uint64_t EndOffset = std::min(a: S.endOffset(), b: P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset(); |
2077 | uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize; |
2078 | if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || |
2079 | EndIndex > cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: Ty)->getNumElements()) |
2080 | return false; |
2081 | |
2082 | assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!" ); |
2083 | uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex; |
2084 | Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1) |
2085 | ? Ty->getElementType() |
2086 | : FixedVectorType::get(ElementType: Ty->getElementType(), NumElts: NumElements); |
2087 | |
2088 | Type *SplitIntTy = |
2089 | Type::getIntNTy(C&: Ty->getContext(), N: NumElements * ElementSize * 8); |
2090 | |
2091 | Use *U = S.getUse(); |
2092 | |
2093 | if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2094 | if (MI->isVolatile()) |
2095 | return false; |
2096 | if (!S.isSplittable()) |
2097 | return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics. |
2098 | } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2099 | if (!II->isLifetimeStartOrEnd() && !II->isDroppable()) |
2100 | return false; |
2101 | } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2102 | if (LI->isVolatile()) |
2103 | return false; |
2104 | Type *LTy = LI->getType(); |
2105 | // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA. |
2106 | if (LTy->isStructTy()) |
2107 | return false; |
2108 | if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) { |
2109 | assert(LTy->isIntegerTy()); |
2110 | LTy = SplitIntTy; |
2111 | } |
2112 | if (!canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: SliceTy, NewTy: LTy)) |
2113 | return false; |
2114 | } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2115 | if (SI->isVolatile()) |
2116 | return false; |
2117 | Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType(); |
2118 | // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA. |
2119 | if (STy->isStructTy()) |
2120 | return false; |
2121 | if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) { |
2122 | assert(STy->isIntegerTy()); |
2123 | STy = SplitIntTy; |
2124 | } |
2125 | if (!canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: STy, NewTy: SliceTy)) |
2126 | return false; |
2127 | } else { |
2128 | return false; |
2129 | } |
2130 | |
2131 | return true; |
2132 | } |
2133 | |
2134 | /// Test whether a vector type is viable for promotion. |
2135 | /// |
2136 | /// This implements the necessary checking for \c checkVectorTypesForPromotion |
2137 | /// (and thus isVectorPromotionViable) over all slices of the alloca for the |
2138 | /// given VectorType. |
2139 | static bool checkVectorTypeForPromotion(Partition &P, VectorType *VTy, |
2140 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
2141 | uint64_t ElementSize = |
2142 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: VTy->getElementType()).getFixedValue(); |
2143 | |
2144 | // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes |
2145 | // that aren't byte sized. |
2146 | if (ElementSize % 8) |
2147 | return false; |
2148 | assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy).getFixedValue() % 8) == 0 && |
2149 | "vector size not a multiple of element size?" ); |
2150 | ElementSize /= 8; |
2151 | |
2152 | for (const Slice &S : P) |
2153 | if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, Ty: VTy, ElementSize, DL)) |
2154 | return false; |
2155 | |
2156 | for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) |
2157 | if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S: *S, Ty: VTy, ElementSize, DL)) |
2158 | return false; |
2159 | |
2160 | return true; |
2161 | } |
2162 | |
2163 | /// Test whether any vector type in \p CandidateTys is viable for promotion. |
2164 | /// |
2165 | /// This implements the necessary checking for \c isVectorPromotionViable over |
2166 | /// all slices of the alloca for the given VectorType. |
2167 | static VectorType * |
2168 | checkVectorTypesForPromotion(Partition &P, const DataLayout &DL, |
2169 | SmallVectorImpl<VectorType *> &CandidateTys, |
2170 | bool HaveCommonEltTy, Type *CommonEltTy, |
2171 | bool HaveVecPtrTy, bool HaveCommonVecPtrTy, |
2172 | VectorType *CommonVecPtrTy) { |
2173 | // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here. |
2174 | if (CandidateTys.empty()) |
2175 | return nullptr; |
2176 | |
2177 | // Pointer-ness is sticky, if we had a vector-of-pointers candidate type, |
2178 | // then we should choose it, not some other alternative. |
2179 | // But, we can't perform a no-op pointer address space change via bitcast, |
2180 | // so if we didn't have a common pointer element type, bail. |
2181 | if (HaveVecPtrTy && !HaveCommonVecPtrTy) |
2182 | return nullptr; |
2183 | |
2184 | // Try to pick the "best" element type out of the choices. |
2185 | if (!HaveCommonEltTy && HaveVecPtrTy) { |
2186 | // If there was a pointer element type, there's really only one choice. |
2187 | CandidateTys.clear(); |
2188 | CandidateTys.push_back(Elt: CommonVecPtrTy); |
2189 | } else if (!HaveCommonEltTy && !HaveVecPtrTy) { |
2190 | // Integer-ify vector types. |
2191 | for (VectorType *&VTy : CandidateTys) { |
2192 | if (!VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy()) |
2193 | VTy = cast<VectorType>(Val: VTy->getWithNewType(EltTy: IntegerType::getIntNTy( |
2194 | C&: VTy->getContext(), N: VTy->getScalarSizeInBits()))); |
2195 | } |
2196 | |
2197 | // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know |
2198 | // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements. |
2199 | auto RankVectorTypesComp = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) { |
2200 | (void)DL; |
2201 | assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy).getFixedValue() == |
2202 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy).getFixedValue() && |
2203 | "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!" ); |
2204 | assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && |
2205 | "All non-integer types eliminated!" ); |
2206 | assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && |
2207 | "All non-integer types eliminated!" ); |
2208 | return cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: RHSTy)->getNumElements() < |
2209 | cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: LHSTy)->getNumElements(); |
2210 | }; |
2211 | auto RankVectorTypesEq = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) { |
2212 | (void)DL; |
2213 | assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy).getFixedValue() == |
2214 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy).getFixedValue() && |
2215 | "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!" ); |
2216 | assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && |
2217 | "All non-integer types eliminated!" ); |
2218 | assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && |
2219 | "All non-integer types eliminated!" ); |
2220 | return cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: RHSTy)->getNumElements() == |
2221 | cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: LHSTy)->getNumElements(); |
2222 | }; |
2223 | llvm::sort(C&: CandidateTys, Comp: RankVectorTypesComp); |
2224 | CandidateTys.erase(CS: std::unique(first: CandidateTys.begin(), last: CandidateTys.end(), |
2225 | binary_pred: RankVectorTypesEq), |
2226 | CE: CandidateTys.end()); |
2227 | } else { |
2228 | // The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to |
2229 | // have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one. |
2230 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
2231 | for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) { |
2232 | assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy && |
2233 | "Unaccounted for element type!" ); |
2234 | assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] && |
2235 | "Different vector types with the same element type!" ); |
2236 | } |
2237 | #endif |
2238 | CandidateTys.resize(N: 1); |
2239 | } |
2240 | |
2241 | // FIXME: hack. Do we have a named constant for this? |
2242 | // SDAG SDNode can't have more than 65535 operands. |
2243 | llvm::erase_if(C&: CandidateTys, P: [](VectorType *VTy) { |
2244 | return cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: VTy)->getNumElements() > |
2245 | std::numeric_limits<unsigned short>::max(); |
2246 | }); |
2247 | |
2248 | for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) |
2249 | if (checkVectorTypeForPromotion(P, VTy, DL)) |
2250 | return VTy; |
2251 | |
2252 | return nullptr; |
2253 | } |
2254 | |
2255 | static VectorType *createAndCheckVectorTypesForPromotion( |
2256 | SetVector<Type *> &OtherTys, ArrayRef<VectorType *> CandidateTysCopy, |
2257 | function_ref<void(Type *)> CheckCandidateType, Partition &P, |
2258 | const DataLayout &DL, SmallVectorImpl<VectorType *> &CandidateTys, |
2259 | bool &HaveCommonEltTy, Type *&CommonEltTy, bool &HaveVecPtrTy, |
2260 | bool &HaveCommonVecPtrTy, VectorType *&CommonVecPtrTy) { |
2261 | [[maybe_unused]] VectorType *OriginalElt = |
2262 | CandidateTysCopy.size() ? CandidateTysCopy[0] : nullptr; |
2263 | // Consider additional vector types where the element type size is a |
2264 | // multiple of load/store element size. |
2265 | for (Type *Ty : OtherTys) { |
2266 | if (!VectorType::isValidElementType(ElemTy: Ty)) |
2267 | continue; |
2268 | unsigned TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty).getFixedValue(); |
2269 | // Make a copy of CandidateTys and iterate through it, because we |
2270 | // might append to CandidateTys in the loop. |
2271 | for (VectorType *const VTy : CandidateTysCopy) { |
2272 | // The elements in the copy should remain invariant throughout the loop |
2273 | assert(CandidateTysCopy[0] == OriginalElt && "Different Element" ); |
2274 | unsigned VectorSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: VTy).getFixedValue(); |
2275 | unsigned ElementSize = |
2276 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: VTy->getElementType()).getFixedValue(); |
2277 | if (TypeSize != VectorSize && TypeSize != ElementSize && |
2278 | VectorSize % TypeSize == 0) { |
2279 | VectorType *NewVTy = VectorType::get(ElementType: Ty, NumElements: VectorSize / TypeSize, Scalable: false); |
2280 | CheckCandidateType(NewVTy); |
2281 | } |
2282 | } |
2283 | } |
2284 | |
2285 | return checkVectorTypesForPromotion(P, DL, CandidateTys, HaveCommonEltTy, |
2286 | CommonEltTy, HaveVecPtrTy, |
2287 | HaveCommonVecPtrTy, CommonVecPtrTy); |
2288 | } |
2289 | |
2290 | /// Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be |
2291 | /// promoted to a vector. |
2292 | /// |
2293 | /// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca |
2294 | /// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only |
2295 | /// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector |
2296 | /// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we |
2297 | /// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will |
2298 | /// be promotable, so we have an early test here. |
2299 | static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(Partition &P, const DataLayout &DL) { |
2300 | // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether |
2301 | // we have different element types. |
2302 | SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys; |
2303 | SetVector<Type *> LoadStoreTys; |
2304 | SetVector<Type *> DeferredTys; |
2305 | Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr; |
2306 | VectorType *CommonVecPtrTy = nullptr; |
2307 | bool HaveVecPtrTy = false; |
2308 | bool HaveCommonEltTy = true; |
2309 | bool HaveCommonVecPtrTy = true; |
2310 | auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) { |
2311 | if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Val: Ty)) { |
2312 | // Return if bitcast to vectors is different for total size in bits. |
2313 | if (!CandidateTys.empty()) { |
2314 | VectorType *V = CandidateTys[0]; |
2315 | if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: VTy).getFixedValue() != |
2316 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: V).getFixedValue()) { |
2317 | CandidateTys.clear(); |
2318 | return; |
2319 | } |
2320 | } |
2321 | CandidateTys.push_back(Elt: VTy); |
2322 | Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType(); |
2323 | |
2324 | if (!CommonEltTy) |
2325 | CommonEltTy = EltTy; |
2326 | else if (CommonEltTy != EltTy) |
2327 | HaveCommonEltTy = false; |
2328 | |
2329 | if (EltTy->isPointerTy()) { |
2330 | HaveVecPtrTy = true; |
2331 | if (!CommonVecPtrTy) |
2332 | CommonVecPtrTy = VTy; |
2333 | else if (CommonVecPtrTy != VTy) |
2334 | HaveCommonVecPtrTy = false; |
2335 | } |
2336 | } |
2337 | }; |
2338 | |
2339 | // Put load and store types into a set for de-duplication. |
2340 | for (const Slice &S : P) { |
2341 | Type *Ty; |
2342 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: S.getUse()->getUser())) |
2343 | Ty = LI->getType(); |
2344 | else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: S.getUse()->getUser())) |
2345 | Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType(); |
2346 | else |
2347 | continue; |
2348 | |
2349 | auto CandTy = Ty->getScalarType(); |
2350 | if (CandTy->isPointerTy() && (S.beginOffset() != P.beginOffset() || |
2351 | S.endOffset() != P.endOffset())) { |
2352 | DeferredTys.insert(X: Ty); |
2353 | continue; |
2354 | } |
2355 | |
2356 | LoadStoreTys.insert(X: Ty); |
2357 | // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice. |
2358 | if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() && S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) |
2359 | CheckCandidateType(Ty); |
2360 | } |
2361 | |
2362 | SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTysCopy = CandidateTys; |
2363 | if (auto *VTy = createAndCheckVectorTypesForPromotion( |
2364 | OtherTys&: LoadStoreTys, CandidateTysCopy, CheckCandidateType, P, DL, |
2365 | CandidateTys, HaveCommonEltTy, CommonEltTy, HaveVecPtrTy, |
2366 | HaveCommonVecPtrTy, CommonVecPtrTy)) |
2367 | return VTy; |
2368 | |
2369 | CandidateTys.clear(); |
2370 | return createAndCheckVectorTypesForPromotion( |
2371 | OtherTys&: DeferredTys, CandidateTysCopy, CheckCandidateType, P, DL, CandidateTys, |
2372 | HaveCommonEltTy, CommonEltTy, HaveVecPtrTy, HaveCommonVecPtrTy, |
2373 | CommonVecPtrTy); |
2374 | } |
2375 | |
2376 | /// Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening. |
2377 | /// |
2378 | /// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable |
2379 | /// test below on a single slice of the alloca. |
2380 | static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S, |
2381 | uint64_t AllocBeginOffset, |
2382 | Type *AllocaTy, |
2383 | const DataLayout &DL, |
2384 | bool &WholeAllocaOp) { |
2385 | uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: AllocaTy).getFixedValue(); |
2386 | |
2387 | uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset; |
2388 | uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset; |
2389 | |
2390 | Use *U = S.getUse(); |
2391 | |
2392 | // Lifetime intrinsics operate over the whole alloca whose sizes are usually |
2393 | // larger than other load/store slices (RelEnd > Size). But lifetime are |
2394 | // always promotable and should not impact other slices' promotability of the |
2395 | // partition. |
2396 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2397 | if (II->isLifetimeStartOrEnd() || II->isDroppable()) |
2398 | return true; |
2399 | } |
2400 | |
2401 | // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past |
2402 | // the end of the alloca's type and into its padding. |
2403 | if (RelEnd > Size) |
2404 | return false; |
2405 | |
2406 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2407 | if (LI->isVolatile()) |
2408 | return false; |
2409 | // We can't handle loads that extend past the allocated memory. |
2410 | if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: LI->getType()).getFixedValue() > Size) |
2411 | return false; |
2412 | // So far, AllocaSliceRewriter does not support widening split slice tails |
2413 | // in rewriteIntegerLoad. |
2414 | if (S.beginOffset() < AllocBeginOffset) |
2415 | return false; |
2416 | // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca |
2417 | // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use |
2418 | // vector widening instead. |
2419 | if (!isa<VectorType>(Val: LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size) |
2420 | WholeAllocaOp = true; |
2421 | if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Val: LI->getType())) { |
2422 | if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(Ty: ITy).getFixedValue()) |
2423 | return false; |
2424 | } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size || |
2425 | !canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: AllocaTy, NewTy: LI->getType())) { |
2426 | // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that |
2427 | // they are promotable. |
2428 | return false; |
2429 | } |
2430 | } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2431 | Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType(); |
2432 | if (SI->isVolatile()) |
2433 | return false; |
2434 | // We can't handle stores that extend past the allocated memory. |
2435 | if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: ValueTy).getFixedValue() > Size) |
2436 | return false; |
2437 | // So far, AllocaSliceRewriter does not support widening split slice tails |
2438 | // in rewriteIntegerStore. |
2439 | if (S.beginOffset() < AllocBeginOffset) |
2440 | return false; |
2441 | // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca |
2442 | // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use |
2443 | // vector widening instead. |
2444 | if (!isa<VectorType>(Val: ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size) |
2445 | WholeAllocaOp = true; |
2446 | if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Val: ValueTy)) { |
2447 | if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(Ty: ITy).getFixedValue()) |
2448 | return false; |
2449 | } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size || |
2450 | !canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: ValueTy, NewTy: AllocaTy)) { |
2451 | // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that |
2452 | // they are promotable. |
2453 | return false; |
2454 | } |
2455 | } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(Val: U->getUser())) { |
2456 | if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(Val: MI->getLength())) |
2457 | return false; |
2458 | if (!S.isSplittable()) |
2459 | return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics. |
2460 | } else { |
2461 | return false; |
2462 | } |
2463 | |
2464 | return true; |
2465 | } |
2466 | |
2467 | /// Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be |
2468 | /// widened to promotable ones. |
2469 | /// |
2470 | /// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and |
2471 | /// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to |
2472 | /// promote the resulting alloca. |
2473 | static bool isIntegerWideningViable(Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy, |
2474 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
2475 | uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: AllocaTy).getFixedValue(); |
2476 | // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth. |
2477 | if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS) |
2478 | return false; |
2479 | |
2480 | // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding. |
2481 | if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(Ty: AllocaTy).getFixedValue()) |
2482 | return false; |
2483 | |
2484 | // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can |
2485 | // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force |
2486 | // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one. |
2487 | Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(C&: AllocaTy->getContext(), N: SizeInBits); |
2488 | if (!canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: AllocaTy, NewTy: IntTy) || |
2489 | !canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: IntTy, NewTy: AllocaTy)) |
2490 | return false; |
2491 | |
2492 | // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or |
2493 | // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to |
2494 | // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable |
2495 | // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume |
2496 | // that we cover the alloca. |
2497 | // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the |
2498 | // partition here... |
2499 | bool WholeAllocaOp = P.empty() && DL.isLegalInteger(Width: SizeInBits); |
2500 | |
2501 | for (const Slice &S : P) |
2502 | if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, AllocBeginOffset: P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL, |
2503 | WholeAllocaOp)) |
2504 | return false; |
2505 | |
2506 | for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) |
2507 | if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S: *S, AllocBeginOffset: P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL, |
2508 | WholeAllocaOp)) |
2509 | return false; |
2510 | |
2511 | return WholeAllocaOp; |
2512 | } |
2513 | |
2514 | static Value *(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, |
2515 | IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset, |
2516 | const Twine &Name) { |
2517 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2518 | IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Val: V->getType()); |
2519 | assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty).getFixedValue() + Offset <= |
2520 | DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy).getFixedValue() && |
2521 | "Element extends past full value" ); |
2522 | uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset; |
2523 | if (DL.isBigEndian()) |
2524 | ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: IntTy).getFixedValue() - |
2525 | DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty).getFixedValue() - Offset); |
2526 | if (ShAmt) { |
2527 | V = IRB.CreateLShr(LHS: V, RHS: ShAmt, Name: Name + ".shift" ); |
2528 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2529 | } |
2530 | assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() && |
2531 | "Cannot extract to a larger integer!" ); |
2532 | if (Ty != IntTy) { |
2533 | V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, DestTy: Ty, Name: Name + ".trunc" ); |
2534 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2535 | } |
2536 | return V; |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, |
2540 | Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) { |
2541 | IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Val: Old->getType()); |
2542 | IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(Val: V->getType()); |
2543 | assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() && |
2544 | "Cannot insert a larger integer!" ); |
2545 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2546 | if (Ty != IntTy) { |
2547 | V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, DestTy: IntTy, Name: Name + ".ext" ); |
2548 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2549 | } |
2550 | assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty).getFixedValue() + Offset <= |
2551 | DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy).getFixedValue() && |
2552 | "Element store outside of alloca store" ); |
2553 | uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset; |
2554 | if (DL.isBigEndian()) |
2555 | ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: IntTy).getFixedValue() - |
2556 | DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty).getFixedValue() - Offset); |
2557 | if (ShAmt) { |
2558 | V = IRB.CreateShl(LHS: V, RHS: ShAmt, Name: Name + ".shift" ); |
2559 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2560 | } |
2561 | |
2562 | if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) { |
2563 | APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(width: IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(shiftAmt: ShAmt); |
2564 | Old = IRB.CreateAnd(LHS: Old, RHS: Mask, Name: Name + ".mask" ); |
2565 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n" ); |
2566 | V = IRB.CreateOr(LHS: Old, RHS: V, Name: Name + ".insert" ); |
2567 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2568 | } |
2569 | return V; |
2570 | } |
2571 | |
2572 | static Value *(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex, |
2573 | unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) { |
2574 | auto *VecTy = cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: V->getType()); |
2575 | unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex; |
2576 | assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!" ); |
2577 | |
2578 | if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements()) |
2579 | return V; |
2580 | |
2581 | if (NumElements == 1) { |
2582 | V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(Vec: V, Idx: IRB.getInt32(C: BeginIndex), |
2583 | Name: Name + ".extract" ); |
2584 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2585 | return V; |
2586 | } |
2587 | |
2588 | auto Mask = llvm::to_vector<8>(Range: llvm::seq<int>(Begin: BeginIndex, End: EndIndex)); |
2589 | V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, Mask, Name: Name + ".extract" ); |
2590 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2591 | return V; |
2592 | } |
2593 | |
2594 | static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V, |
2595 | unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) { |
2596 | VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Val: Old->getType()); |
2597 | assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector" ); |
2598 | |
2599 | VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Val: V->getType()); |
2600 | if (!Ty) { |
2601 | // Single element to insert. |
2602 | V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Vec: Old, NewElt: V, Idx: IRB.getInt32(C: BeginIndex), |
2603 | Name: Name + ".insert" ); |
2604 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2605 | return V; |
2606 | } |
2607 | |
2608 | assert(cast<FixedVectorType>(Ty)->getNumElements() <= |
2609 | cast<FixedVectorType>(VecTy)->getNumElements() && |
2610 | "Too many elements!" ); |
2611 | if (cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: Ty)->getNumElements() == |
2612 | cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: VecTy)->getNumElements()) { |
2613 | assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch" ); |
2614 | return V; |
2615 | } |
2616 | unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: Ty)->getNumElements(); |
2617 | |
2618 | // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first |
2619 | // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then |
2620 | // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the |
2621 | // incoming vector. |
2622 | SmallVector<int, 8> Mask; |
2623 | Mask.reserve(N: cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: VecTy)->getNumElements()); |
2624 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: VecTy)->getNumElements(); ++i) |
2625 | if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex) |
2626 | Mask.push_back(Elt: i - BeginIndex); |
2627 | else |
2628 | Mask.push_back(Elt: -1); |
2629 | V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, Mask, Name: Name + ".expand" ); |
2630 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2631 | |
2632 | SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask2; |
2633 | Mask2.reserve(N: cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: VecTy)->getNumElements()); |
2634 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: VecTy)->getNumElements(); ++i) |
2635 | Mask2.push_back(Elt: IRB.getInt1(V: i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)); |
2636 | |
2637 | V = IRB.CreateSelect(C: ConstantVector::get(V: Mask2), True: V, False: Old, Name: Name + "blend" ); |
2638 | |
2639 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n" ); |
2640 | return V; |
2641 | } |
2642 | |
2643 | namespace { |
2644 | |
2645 | /// Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca |
2646 | /// to use a new alloca. |
2647 | /// |
2648 | /// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition |
2649 | /// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic |
2650 | /// lives here. |
2651 | class AllocaSliceRewriter : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> { |
2652 | // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods. |
2653 | friend class InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>; |
2654 | |
2655 | using Base = InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>; |
2656 | |
2657 | const DataLayout &DL; |
2658 | AllocaSlices &AS; |
2659 | SROA &Pass; |
2660 | AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI; |
2661 | const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset; |
2662 | Type *NewAllocaTy; |
2663 | |
2664 | // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new |
2665 | // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to |
2666 | // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired |
2667 | // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting. |
2668 | IntegerType *IntTy; |
2669 | |
2670 | // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure |
2671 | // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is |
2672 | // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca: |
2673 | // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here. |
2674 | // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single |
2675 | // element. |
2676 | // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above |
2677 | // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds |
2678 | // which are promotable via mem2reg. |
2679 | VectorType *VecTy; |
2680 | Type *ElementTy; |
2681 | uint64_t ElementSize; |
2682 | |
2683 | // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to |
2684 | // the original alloca. |
2685 | uint64_t BeginOffset = 0; |
2686 | uint64_t EndOffset = 0; |
2687 | |
2688 | // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the |
2689 | // original alloca. |
2690 | uint64_t NewBeginOffset = 0, NewEndOffset = 0; |
2691 | |
2692 | uint64_t SliceSize = 0; |
2693 | bool IsSplittable = false; |
2694 | bool IsSplit = false; |
2695 | Use *OldUse = nullptr; |
2696 | Instruction *OldPtr = nullptr; |
2697 | |
2698 | // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects. |
2699 | SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 8> &PHIUsers; |
2700 | SmallSetVector<SelectInst *, 8> &SelectUsers; |
2701 | |
2702 | // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and |
2703 | // the insertion point is set to point to the user. |
2704 | IRBuilderTy IRB; |
2705 | |
2706 | // Return the new alloca, addrspacecasted if required to avoid changing the |
2707 | // addrspace of a volatile access. |
2708 | Value *getPtrToNewAI(unsigned AddrSpace, bool IsVolatile) { |
2709 | if (!IsVolatile || AddrSpace == NewAI.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()) |
2710 | return &NewAI; |
2711 | |
2712 | Type *AccessTy = IRB.getPtrTy(AddrSpace); |
2713 | return IRB.CreateAddrSpaceCast(V: &NewAI, DestTy: AccessTy); |
2714 | } |
2715 | |
2716 | public: |
2717 | AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass, |
2718 | AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI, |
2719 | uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, |
2720 | uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable, |
2721 | VectorType *PromotableVecTy, |
2722 | SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 8> &PHIUsers, |
2723 | SmallSetVector<SelectInst *, 8> &SelectUsers) |
2724 | : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI), |
2725 | NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset), |
2726 | NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset), |
2727 | NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()), |
2728 | IntTy( |
2729 | IsIntegerPromotable |
2730 | ? Type::getIntNTy(C&: NewAI.getContext(), |
2731 | N: DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType()) |
2732 | .getFixedValue()) |
2733 | : nullptr), |
2734 | VecTy(PromotableVecTy), |
2735 | ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr), |
2736 | ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: ElementTy).getFixedValue() / 8 |
2737 | : 0), |
2738 | PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers), |
2739 | IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) { |
2740 | if (VecTy) { |
2741 | assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy).getFixedValue() % 8) == 0 && |
2742 | "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable" ); |
2743 | ++NumVectorized; |
2744 | } |
2745 | assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy)); |
2746 | } |
2747 | |
2748 | bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) { |
2749 | bool CanSROA = true; |
2750 | BeginOffset = I->beginOffset(); |
2751 | EndOffset = I->endOffset(); |
2752 | IsSplittable = I->isSplittable(); |
2753 | IsSplit = |
2754 | BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset; |
2755 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : "" )); |
2756 | LLVM_DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, "" )); |
2757 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n" ); |
2758 | |
2759 | // Compute the intersecting offset range. |
2760 | assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset); |
2761 | assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset); |
2762 | NewBeginOffset = std::max(a: BeginOffset, b: NewAllocaBeginOffset); |
2763 | NewEndOffset = std::min(a: EndOffset, b: NewAllocaEndOffset); |
2764 | |
2765 | SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset; |
2766 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Begin:(" << BeginOffset << ", " << EndOffset |
2767 | << ") NewBegin:(" << NewBeginOffset << ", " |
2768 | << NewEndOffset << ") NewAllocaBegin:(" |
2769 | << NewAllocaBeginOffset << ", " << NewAllocaEndOffset |
2770 | << ")\n" ); |
2771 | assert(IsSplit || NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset); |
2772 | OldUse = I->getUse(); |
2773 | OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(Val: OldUse->get()); |
2774 | |
2775 | Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(Val: OldUse->getUser()); |
2776 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI); |
2777 | IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc()); |
2778 | IRB.getInserter().SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + |
2779 | Twine(BeginOffset) + "." ); |
2780 | |
2781 | CanSROA &= visit(I: cast<Instruction>(Val: OldUse->getUser())); |
2782 | if (VecTy || IntTy) |
2783 | assert(CanSROA); |
2784 | return CanSROA; |
2785 | } |
2786 | |
2787 | private: |
2788 | // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible. |
2789 | using Base::visit; |
2790 | |
2791 | // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule. |
2792 | bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { |
2793 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n" ); |
2794 | llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!" ); |
2795 | } |
2796 | |
2797 | Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) { |
2798 | // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset |
2799 | // interchangeably for unsplit slices. |
2800 | assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset); |
2801 | uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset; |
2802 | |
2803 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
2804 | StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName(); |
2805 | // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name. |
2806 | size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(Str: ".sroa." ); |
2807 | if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) { |
2808 | OldName = OldName.substr(Start: LastSROAPrefix + strlen(s: ".sroa." )); |
2809 | // Look for an SROA slice index. |
2810 | size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of(Chars: "0123456789" ); |
2811 | if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') { |
2812 | // Strip the index and look for the offset. |
2813 | OldName = OldName.substr(Start: IndexEnd + 1); |
2814 | size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of(Chars: "0123456789" ); |
2815 | if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.') |
2816 | // Strip the offset. |
2817 | OldName = OldName.substr(Start: OffsetEnd + 1); |
2818 | } |
2819 | } |
2820 | // Strip any SROA suffixes as well. |
2821 | OldName = OldName.substr(Start: 0, N: OldName.find(Str: ".sroa_" )); |
2822 | #endif |
2823 | |
2824 | return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, Ptr: &NewAI, |
2825 | Offset: APInt(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty: PointerTy), Offset), |
2826 | PointerTy, |
2827 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
2828 | NamePrefix: Twine(OldName) + "." |
2829 | #else |
2830 | Twine() |
2831 | #endif |
2832 | ); |
2833 | } |
2834 | |
2835 | /// Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new* |
2836 | /// alloca. |
2837 | /// |
2838 | /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI |
2839 | /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero. |
2840 | Align getSliceAlign() { |
2841 | return commonAlignment(A: NewAI.getAlign(), |
2842 | Offset: NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset); |
2843 | } |
2844 | |
2845 | unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) { |
2846 | assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector" ); |
2847 | uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset; |
2848 | assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds" ); |
2849 | uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize; |
2850 | assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset); |
2851 | return Index; |
2852 | } |
2853 | |
2854 | void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) { |
2855 | Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(Val: V); |
2856 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) |
2857 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: I); |
2858 | } |
2859 | |
2860 | Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) { |
2861 | unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(Offset: NewBeginOffset); |
2862 | unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(Offset: NewEndOffset); |
2863 | assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!" ); |
2864 | |
2865 | LoadInst *Load = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
2866 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "load" ); |
2867 | |
2868 | Load->copyMetadata(SrcInst: LI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
2869 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
2870 | return extractVector(IRB, V: Load, BeginIndex, EndIndex, Name: "vec" ); |
2871 | } |
2872 | |
2873 | Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) { |
2874 | assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca" ); |
2875 | assert(!LI.isVolatile()); |
2876 | Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
2877 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "load" ); |
2878 | V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewTy: IntTy); |
2879 | assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset" ); |
2880 | uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset; |
2881 | if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset) { |
2882 | IntegerType * = Type::getIntNTy(C&: LI.getContext(), N: SliceSize * 8); |
2883 | V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, Ty: ExtractTy, Offset, Name: "extract" ); |
2884 | } |
2885 | // It is possible that the extracted type is not the load type. This |
2886 | // happens if there is a load past the end of the alloca, and as |
2887 | // a consequence the slice is narrower but still a candidate for integer |
2888 | // lowering. To handle this case, we just zero extend the extracted |
2889 | // integer. |
2890 | assert(cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() >= SliceSize * 8 && |
2891 | "Can only handle an extract for an overly wide load" ); |
2892 | if (cast<IntegerType>(Val: LI.getType())->getBitWidth() > SliceSize * 8) |
2893 | V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, DestTy: LI.getType()); |
2894 | return V; |
2895 | } |
2896 | |
2897 | bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) { |
2898 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n" ); |
2899 | Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 0); |
2900 | assert(OldOp == OldPtr); |
2901 | |
2902 | AAMDNodes AATags = LI.getAAMetadata(); |
2903 | |
2904 | unsigned AS = LI.getPointerAddressSpace(); |
2905 | |
2906 | Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(C&: LI.getContext(), N: SliceSize * 8) |
2907 | : LI.getType(); |
2908 | const bool IsLoadPastEnd = |
2909 | DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: TargetTy).getFixedValue() > SliceSize; |
2910 | bool IsPtrAdjusted = false; |
2911 | Value *V; |
2912 | if (VecTy) { |
2913 | V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst(LI); |
2914 | } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) { |
2915 | V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI); |
2916 | } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset && |
2917 | NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset && |
2918 | (canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: NewAllocaTy, NewTy: TargetTy) || |
2919 | (IsLoadPastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() && |
2920 | TargetTy->isIntegerTy() && !LI.isVolatile()))) { |
2921 | Value *NewPtr = |
2922 | getPtrToNewAI(AddrSpace: LI.getPointerAddressSpace(), IsVolatile: LI.isVolatile()); |
2923 | LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: NewPtr, |
2924 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), isVolatile: LI.isVolatile(), |
2925 | Name: LI.getName()); |
2926 | if (LI.isVolatile()) |
2927 | NewLI->setAtomic(Ordering: LI.getOrdering(), SSID: LI.getSyncScopeID()); |
2928 | if (NewLI->isAtomic()) |
2929 | NewLI->setAlignment(LI.getAlign()); |
2930 | |
2931 | // Copy any metadata that is valid for the new load. This may require |
2932 | // conversion to a different kind of metadata, e.g. !nonnull might change |
2933 | // to !range or vice versa. |
2934 | copyMetadataForLoad(Dest&: *NewLI, Source: LI); |
2935 | |
2936 | // Do this after copyMetadataForLoad() to preserve the TBAA shift. |
2937 | if (AATags) |
2938 | NewLI->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess( |
2939 | Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, AccessTy: NewLI->getType(), DL)); |
2940 | |
2941 | // Try to preserve nonnull metadata |
2942 | V = NewLI; |
2943 | |
2944 | // If this is an integer load past the end of the slice (which means the |
2945 | // bytes outside the slice are undef or this load is dead) just forcibly |
2946 | // fix the integer size with correct handling of endianness. |
2947 | if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Val: NewAllocaTy)) |
2948 | if (auto *TITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Val: TargetTy)) |
2949 | if (AITy->getBitWidth() < TITy->getBitWidth()) { |
2950 | V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, DestTy: TITy, Name: "load.ext" ); |
2951 | if (DL.isBigEndian()) |
2952 | V = IRB.CreateShl(LHS: V, RHS: TITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(), |
2953 | Name: "endian_shift" ); |
2954 | } |
2955 | } else { |
2956 | Type *LTy = IRB.getPtrTy(AddrSpace: AS); |
2957 | LoadInst *NewLI = |
2958 | IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: TargetTy, Ptr: getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: LTy), |
2959 | Align: getSliceAlign(), isVolatile: LI.isVolatile(), Name: LI.getName()); |
2960 | |
2961 | if (AATags) |
2962 | NewLI->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess( |
2963 | Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, AccessTy: NewLI->getType(), DL)); |
2964 | |
2965 | if (LI.isVolatile()) |
2966 | NewLI->setAtomic(Ordering: LI.getOrdering(), SSID: LI.getSyncScopeID()); |
2967 | NewLI->copyMetadata(SrcInst: LI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
2968 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
2969 | |
2970 | V = NewLI; |
2971 | IsPtrAdjusted = true; |
2972 | } |
2973 | V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewTy: TargetTy); |
2974 | |
2975 | if (IsSplit) { |
2976 | assert(!LI.isVolatile()); |
2977 | assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() && |
2978 | "Only integer type loads and stores are split" ); |
2979 | assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()).getFixedValue() && |
2980 | "Split load isn't smaller than original load" ); |
2981 | assert(DL.typeSizeEqualsStoreSize(LI.getType()) && |
2982 | "Non-byte-multiple bit width" ); |
2983 | // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it. |
2984 | BasicBlock::iterator LIIt = std::next(x: LI.getIterator()); |
2985 | // Ensure the insertion point comes before any debug-info immediately |
2986 | // after the load, so that variable values referring to the load are |
2987 | // dominated by it. |
2988 | LIIt.setHeadBit(true); |
2989 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(TheBB: LI.getParent(), IP: LIIt); |
2990 | // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the |
2991 | // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with |
2992 | // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving |
2993 | // LI only used for this computation. |
2994 | Value *Placeholder = |
2995 | new LoadInst(LI.getType(), PoisonValue::get(T: IRB.getPtrTy(AddrSpace: AS)), "" , |
2996 | false, Align(1)); |
2997 | V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old: Placeholder, V, Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
2998 | Name: "insert" ); |
2999 | LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V); |
3000 | Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(V: &LI); |
3001 | Placeholder->deleteValue(); |
3002 | } else { |
3003 | LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V); |
3004 | } |
3005 | |
3006 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: &LI); |
3007 | deleteIfTriviallyDead(V: OldOp); |
3008 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n" ); |
3009 | return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted; |
3010 | } |
3011 | |
3012 | bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp, |
3013 | AAMDNodes AATags) { |
3014 | // Capture V for the purpose of debug-info accounting once it's converted |
3015 | // to a vector store. |
3016 | Value *OrigV = V; |
3017 | if (V->getType() != VecTy) { |
3018 | unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(Offset: NewBeginOffset); |
3019 | unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(Offset: NewEndOffset); |
3020 | assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!" ); |
3021 | unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex; |
3022 | assert(NumElements <= cast<FixedVectorType>(VecTy)->getNumElements() && |
3023 | "Too many elements!" ); |
3024 | Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1) |
3025 | ? ElementTy |
3026 | : FixedVectorType::get(ElementType: ElementTy, NumElts: NumElements); |
3027 | if (V->getType() != SliceTy) |
3028 | V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewTy: SliceTy); |
3029 | |
3030 | // Mix in the existing elements. |
3031 | Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3032 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "load" ); |
3033 | V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, Name: "vec" ); |
3034 | } |
3035 | StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Val: V, Ptr: &NewAI, Align: NewAI.getAlign()); |
3036 | Store->copyMetadata(SrcInst: SI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
3037 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
3038 | if (AATags) |
3039 | Store->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
3040 | AccessTy: V->getType(), DL)); |
3041 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: &SI); |
3042 | |
3043 | // NOTE: Careful to use OrigV rather than V. |
3044 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: &OldAI, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: NewBeginOffset * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, OldInst: &SI, |
3045 | Inst: Store, Dest: Store->getPointerOperand(), Value: OrigV, DL); |
3046 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n" ); |
3047 | return true; |
3048 | } |
3049 | |
3050 | bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, AAMDNodes AATags) { |
3051 | assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca" ); |
3052 | assert(!SI.isVolatile()); |
3053 | if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: V->getType()).getFixedValue() != |
3054 | IntTy->getBitWidth()) { |
3055 | Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3056 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "oldload" ); |
3057 | Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, V: Old, NewTy: IntTy); |
3058 | assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset" ); |
3059 | uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset; |
3060 | V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V: SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, Name: "insert" ); |
3061 | } |
3062 | V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewTy: NewAllocaTy); |
3063 | StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Val: V, Ptr: &NewAI, Align: NewAI.getAlign()); |
3064 | Store->copyMetadata(SrcInst: SI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
3065 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
3066 | if (AATags) |
3067 | Store->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
3068 | AccessTy: V->getType(), DL)); |
3069 | |
3070 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: &OldAI, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: NewBeginOffset * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, OldInst: &SI, |
3071 | Inst: Store, Dest: Store->getPointerOperand(), |
3072 | Value: Store->getValueOperand(), DL); |
3073 | |
3074 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: &SI); |
3075 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n" ); |
3076 | return true; |
3077 | } |
3078 | |
3079 | bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) { |
3080 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n" ); |
3081 | Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 1); |
3082 | assert(OldOp == OldPtr); |
3083 | |
3084 | AAMDNodes AATags = SI.getAAMetadata(); |
3085 | Value *V = SI.getValueOperand(); |
3086 | |
3087 | // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root |
3088 | // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca. |
3089 | if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) |
3090 | if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val: V->stripInBoundsOffsets())) |
3091 | Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(X: AI); |
3092 | |
3093 | if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: V->getType()).getFixedValue()) { |
3094 | assert(!SI.isVolatile()); |
3095 | assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() && |
3096 | "Only integer type loads and stores are split" ); |
3097 | assert(DL.typeSizeEqualsStoreSize(V->getType()) && |
3098 | "Non-byte-multiple bit width" ); |
3099 | IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(C&: SI.getContext(), N: SliceSize * 8); |
3100 | V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, Ty: NarrowTy, Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
3101 | Name: "extract" ); |
3102 | } |
3103 | |
3104 | if (VecTy) |
3105 | return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp, AATags); |
3106 | if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy()) |
3107 | return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI, AATags); |
3108 | |
3109 | StoreInst *NewSI; |
3110 | if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset && |
3111 | NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset && |
3112 | canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: V->getType(), NewTy: NewAllocaTy)) { |
3113 | V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewTy: NewAllocaTy); |
3114 | Value *NewPtr = |
3115 | getPtrToNewAI(AddrSpace: SI.getPointerAddressSpace(), IsVolatile: SI.isVolatile()); |
3116 | |
3117 | NewSI = |
3118 | IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Val: V, Ptr: NewPtr, Align: NewAI.getAlign(), isVolatile: SI.isVolatile()); |
3119 | } else { |
3120 | unsigned AS = SI.getPointerAddressSpace(); |
3121 | Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: IRB.getPtrTy(AddrSpace: AS)); |
3122 | NewSI = |
3123 | IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Val: V, Ptr: NewPtr, Align: getSliceAlign(), isVolatile: SI.isVolatile()); |
3124 | } |
3125 | NewSI->copyMetadata(SrcInst: SI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
3126 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
3127 | if (AATags) |
3128 | NewSI->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
3129 | AccessTy: V->getType(), DL)); |
3130 | if (SI.isVolatile()) |
3131 | NewSI->setAtomic(Ordering: SI.getOrdering(), SSID: SI.getSyncScopeID()); |
3132 | if (NewSI->isAtomic()) |
3133 | NewSI->setAlignment(SI.getAlign()); |
3134 | |
3135 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: &OldAI, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: NewBeginOffset * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, OldInst: &SI, |
3136 | Inst: NewSI, Dest: NewSI->getPointerOperand(), |
3137 | Value: NewSI->getValueOperand(), DL); |
3138 | |
3139 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: &SI); |
3140 | deleteIfTriviallyDead(V: OldOp); |
3141 | |
3142 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n" ); |
3143 | return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && |
3144 | NewSI->getValueOperand()->getType() == NewAllocaTy && |
3145 | !SI.isVolatile(); |
3146 | } |
3147 | |
3148 | /// Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given |
3149 | /// number of bytes. |
3150 | /// |
3151 | /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't |
3152 | /// call this routine. |
3153 | /// FIXME: Heed the advice above. |
3154 | /// |
3155 | /// \param V The i8 value to splat. |
3156 | /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte) |
3157 | Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) { |
3158 | assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes." ); |
3159 | IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(Val: V->getType()); |
3160 | assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte" ); |
3161 | if (Size == 1) |
3162 | return V; |
3163 | |
3164 | Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(C&: VTy->getContext(), N: Size * 8); |
3165 | V = IRB.CreateMul( |
3166 | LHS: IRB.CreateZExt(V, DestTy: SplatIntTy, Name: "zext" ), |
3167 | RHS: IRB.CreateUDiv(LHS: Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty: SplatIntTy), |
3168 | RHS: IRB.CreateZExt(V: Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty: V->getType()), |
3169 | DestTy: SplatIntTy)), |
3170 | Name: "isplat" ); |
3171 | return V; |
3172 | } |
3173 | |
3174 | /// Compute a vector splat for a given element value. |
3175 | Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) { |
3176 | V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElts: NumElements, V, Name: "vsplat" ); |
3177 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n" ); |
3178 | return V; |
3179 | } |
3180 | |
3181 | bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) { |
3182 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n" ); |
3183 | assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr); |
3184 | |
3185 | AAMDNodes AATags = II.getAAMetadata(); |
3186 | |
3187 | // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the |
3188 | // pointer to the new alloca. |
3189 | if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val: II.getLength())) { |
3190 | assert(!IsSplit); |
3191 | assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset); |
3192 | II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: OldPtr->getType())); |
3193 | II.setDestAlignment(getSliceAlign()); |
3194 | // In theory we should call migrateDebugInfo here. However, we do not |
3195 | // emit dbg.assign intrinsics for mem intrinsics storing through non- |
3196 | // constant geps, or storing a variable number of bytes. |
3197 | assert(at::getAssignmentMarkers(&II).empty() && |
3198 | at::getDVRAssignmentMarkers(&II).empty() && |
3199 | "AT: Unexpected link to non-const GEP" ); |
3200 | deleteIfTriviallyDead(V: OldPtr); |
3201 | return false; |
3202 | } |
3203 | |
3204 | // Record this instruction for deletion. |
3205 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: &II); |
3206 | |
3207 | Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType(); |
3208 | Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType(); |
3209 | |
3210 | const bool CanContinue = [&]() { |
3211 | if (VecTy || IntTy) |
3212 | return true; |
3213 | if (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset) |
3214 | return false; |
3215 | // Length must be in range for FixedVectorType. |
3216 | auto *C = cast<ConstantInt>(Val: II.getLength()); |
3217 | const uint64_t Len = C->getLimitedValue(); |
3218 | if (Len > std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max()) |
3219 | return false; |
3220 | auto *Int8Ty = IntegerType::getInt8Ty(C&: NewAI.getContext()); |
3221 | auto *SrcTy = FixedVectorType::get(ElementType: Int8Ty, NumElts: Len); |
3222 | return canConvertValue(DL, OldTy: SrcTy, NewTy: AllocaTy) && |
3223 | DL.isLegalInteger(Width: DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: ScalarTy).getFixedValue()); |
3224 | }(); |
3225 | |
3226 | // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't |
3227 | // a single value type, just emit a memset. |
3228 | if (!CanContinue) { |
3229 | Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType(); |
3230 | unsigned Sz = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset; |
3231 | Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(Ty: SizeTy, V: Sz); |
3232 | MemIntrinsic *New = cast<MemIntrinsic>(Val: IRB.CreateMemSet( |
3233 | Ptr: getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: OldPtr->getType()), Val: II.getValue(), Size, |
3234 | Align: MaybeAlign(getSliceAlign()), isVolatile: II.isVolatile())); |
3235 | if (AATags) |
3236 | New->setAAMetadata( |
3237 | AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, AccessSize: Sz)); |
3238 | |
3239 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: &OldAI, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: NewBeginOffset * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, OldInst: &II, |
3240 | Inst: New, Dest: New->getRawDest(), Value: nullptr, DL); |
3241 | |
3242 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n" ); |
3243 | return false; |
3244 | } |
3245 | |
3246 | // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual |
3247 | // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to |
3248 | // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially |
3249 | // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across |
3250 | // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type. |
3251 | Value *V; |
3252 | |
3253 | if (VecTy) { |
3254 | // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it. |
3255 | assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy); |
3256 | |
3257 | unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(Offset: NewBeginOffset); |
3258 | unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(Offset: NewEndOffset); |
3259 | assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!" ); |
3260 | unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex; |
3261 | assert(NumElements <= cast<FixedVectorType>(VecTy)->getNumElements() && |
3262 | "Too many elements!" ); |
3263 | |
3264 | Value *Splat = getIntegerSplat( |
3265 | V: II.getValue(), Size: DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: ElementTy).getFixedValue() / 8); |
3266 | Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, V: Splat, NewTy: ElementTy); |
3267 | if (NumElements > 1) |
3268 | Splat = getVectorSplat(V: Splat, NumElements); |
3269 | |
3270 | Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3271 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "oldload" ); |
3272 | V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V: Splat, BeginIndex, Name: "vec" ); |
3273 | } else if (IntTy) { |
3274 | // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the |
3275 | // set integer. |
3276 | assert(!II.isVolatile()); |
3277 | |
3278 | uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset; |
3279 | V = getIntegerSplat(V: II.getValue(), Size); |
3280 | |
3281 | if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset || |
3282 | EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) { |
3283 | Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3284 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "oldload" ); |
3285 | Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, V: Old, NewTy: IntTy); |
3286 | uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset; |
3287 | V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, Name: "insert" ); |
3288 | } else { |
3289 | assert(V->getType() == IntTy && |
3290 | "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!" ); |
3291 | } |
3292 | V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewTy: AllocaTy); |
3293 | } else { |
3294 | // Established these invariants above. |
3295 | assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset); |
3296 | assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset); |
3297 | |
3298 | V = getIntegerSplat(V: II.getValue(), |
3299 | Size: DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: ScalarTy).getFixedValue() / 8); |
3300 | if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Val: AllocaTy)) |
3301 | V = getVectorSplat( |
3302 | V, NumElements: cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: AllocaVecTy)->getNumElements()); |
3303 | |
3304 | V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewTy: AllocaTy); |
3305 | } |
3306 | |
3307 | Value *NewPtr = getPtrToNewAI(AddrSpace: II.getDestAddressSpace(), IsVolatile: II.isVolatile()); |
3308 | StoreInst *New = |
3309 | IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Val: V, Ptr: NewPtr, Align: NewAI.getAlign(), isVolatile: II.isVolatile()); |
3310 | New->copyMetadata(SrcInst: II, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
3311 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
3312 | if (AATags) |
3313 | New->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
3314 | AccessTy: V->getType(), DL)); |
3315 | |
3316 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: &OldAI, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: NewBeginOffset * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, OldInst: &II, |
3317 | Inst: New, Dest: New->getPointerOperand(), Value: V, DL); |
3318 | |
3319 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n" ); |
3320 | return !II.isVolatile(); |
3321 | } |
3322 | |
3323 | bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) { |
3324 | // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break |
3325 | // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics. |
3326 | |
3327 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n" ); |
3328 | |
3329 | AAMDNodes AATags = II.getAAMetadata(); |
3330 | |
3331 | bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse; |
3332 | assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) || |
3333 | (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr)); |
3334 | |
3335 | Align SliceAlign = getSliceAlign(); |
3336 | // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination |
3337 | // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of |
3338 | // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers |
3339 | // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have |
3340 | // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of |
3341 | // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to |
3342 | // update both source and dest of a single call. |
3343 | if (!IsSplittable) { |
3344 | Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: OldPtr->getType()); |
3345 | if (IsDest) { |
3346 | // Update the address component of linked dbg.assigns. |
3347 | auto UpdateAssignAddress = [&](auto *DbgAssign) { |
3348 | if (llvm::is_contained(DbgAssign->location_ops(), II.getDest()) || |
3349 | DbgAssign->getAddress() == II.getDest()) |
3350 | DbgAssign->replaceVariableLocationOp(II.getDest(), AdjustedPtr); |
3351 | }; |
3352 | for_each(Range: at::getAssignmentMarkers(Inst: &II), F: UpdateAssignAddress); |
3353 | for_each(Range: at::getDVRAssignmentMarkers(Inst: &II), F: UpdateAssignAddress); |
3354 | II.setDest(AdjustedPtr); |
3355 | II.setDestAlignment(SliceAlign); |
3356 | } else { |
3357 | II.setSource(AdjustedPtr); |
3358 | II.setSourceAlignment(SliceAlign); |
3359 | } |
3360 | |
3361 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n" ); |
3362 | deleteIfTriviallyDead(V: OldPtr); |
3363 | return false; |
3364 | } |
3365 | // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance: |
3366 | // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at |
3367 | // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace |
3368 | // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of |
3369 | // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations. |
3370 | |
3371 | // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't |
3372 | // a single value type, just emit a memcpy. |
3373 | bool EmitMemCpy = |
3374 | !VecTy && !IntTy && |
3375 | (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset || |
3376 | SliceSize != |
3377 | DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType()).getFixedValue() || |
3378 | !DL.typeSizeEqualsStoreSize(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType()) || |
3379 | !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType()); |
3380 | |
3381 | // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the |
3382 | // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is |
3383 | // a no-op. |
3384 | if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) { |
3385 | // Ensure the start lines up. |
3386 | assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset); |
3387 | |
3388 | // Rewrite the size as needed. |
3389 | if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset) |
3390 | II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(Ty: II.getLength()->getType(), |
3391 | V: NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset)); |
3392 | return false; |
3393 | } |
3394 | // Record this instruction for deletion. |
3395 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: &II); |
3396 | |
3397 | // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root |
3398 | // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction. |
3399 | Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest(); |
3400 | if (AllocaInst *AI = |
3401 | dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val: OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) { |
3402 | assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI && |
3403 | "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends." ); |
3404 | Pass.Worklist.insert(X: AI); |
3405 | } |
3406 | |
3407 | Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType(); |
3408 | unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
3409 | |
3410 | // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer. |
3411 | unsigned OffsetWidth = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS: OtherAS); |
3412 | APInt OtherOffset(OffsetWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset); |
3413 | Align OtherAlign = |
3414 | (IsDest ? II.getSourceAlign() : II.getDestAlign()).valueOrOne(); |
3415 | OtherAlign = |
3416 | commonAlignment(A: OtherAlign, Offset: OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(width: 64).getZExtValue()); |
3417 | |
3418 | if (EmitMemCpy) { |
3419 | // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce |
3420 | // a single, simple GEP in most cases. |
3421 | OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, Ptr: OtherPtr, Offset: OtherOffset, PointerTy: OtherPtrTy, |
3422 | NamePrefix: OtherPtr->getName() + "." ); |
3423 | |
3424 | Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: OldPtr->getType()); |
3425 | Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType(); |
3426 | Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(Ty: SizeTy, V: NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset); |
3427 | |
3428 | Value *DestPtr, *SrcPtr; |
3429 | MaybeAlign DestAlign, SrcAlign; |
3430 | // Note: IsDest is true iff we're copying into the new alloca slice |
3431 | if (IsDest) { |
3432 | DestPtr = OurPtr; |
3433 | DestAlign = SliceAlign; |
3434 | SrcPtr = OtherPtr; |
3435 | SrcAlign = OtherAlign; |
3436 | } else { |
3437 | DestPtr = OtherPtr; |
3438 | DestAlign = OtherAlign; |
3439 | SrcPtr = OurPtr; |
3440 | SrcAlign = SliceAlign; |
3441 | } |
3442 | CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(Dst: DestPtr, DstAlign: DestAlign, Src: SrcPtr, SrcAlign, |
3443 | Size, isVolatile: II.isVolatile()); |
3444 | if (AATags) |
3445 | New->setAAMetadata(AATags.shift(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset)); |
3446 | |
3447 | APInt Offset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty: DestPtr->getType()), 0); |
3448 | if (IsDest) { |
3449 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: &OldAI, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: NewBeginOffset * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, |
3450 | OldInst: &II, Inst: New, Dest: DestPtr, Value: nullptr, DL); |
3451 | } else if (AllocaInst *Base = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>( |
3452 | Val: DestPtr->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets( |
3453 | DL, Offset, /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true))) { |
3454 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: Base, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: Offset.getZExtValue() * 8, |
3455 | SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, OldInst: &II, Inst: New, Dest: DestPtr, Value: nullptr, DL); |
3456 | } |
3457 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n" ); |
3458 | return false; |
3459 | } |
3460 | |
3461 | bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset && |
3462 | NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset; |
3463 | uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset; |
3464 | unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(Offset: NewBeginOffset) : 0; |
3465 | unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(Offset: NewEndOffset) : 0; |
3466 | unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex; |
3467 | IntegerType *SubIntTy = |
3468 | IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(C&: IntTy->getContext(), N: Size * 8) : nullptr; |
3469 | |
3470 | // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to |
3471 | // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer. |
3472 | Type *OtherTy; |
3473 | if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) { |
3474 | if (NumElements == 1) |
3475 | OtherTy = VecTy->getElementType(); |
3476 | else |
3477 | OtherTy = FixedVectorType::get(ElementType: VecTy->getElementType(), NumElts: NumElements); |
3478 | } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) { |
3479 | OtherTy = SubIntTy; |
3480 | } else { |
3481 | OtherTy = NewAllocaTy; |
3482 | } |
3483 | |
3484 | Value *AdjPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, Ptr: OtherPtr, Offset: OtherOffset, PointerTy: OtherPtrTy, |
3485 | NamePrefix: OtherPtr->getName() + "." ); |
3486 | MaybeAlign SrcAlign = OtherAlign; |
3487 | MaybeAlign DstAlign = SliceAlign; |
3488 | if (!IsDest) |
3489 | std::swap(a&: SrcAlign, b&: DstAlign); |
3490 | |
3491 | Value *SrcPtr; |
3492 | Value *DstPtr; |
3493 | |
3494 | if (IsDest) { |
3495 | DstPtr = getPtrToNewAI(AddrSpace: II.getDestAddressSpace(), IsVolatile: II.isVolatile()); |
3496 | SrcPtr = AdjPtr; |
3497 | } else { |
3498 | DstPtr = AdjPtr; |
3499 | SrcPtr = getPtrToNewAI(AddrSpace: II.getSourceAddressSpace(), IsVolatile: II.isVolatile()); |
3500 | } |
3501 | |
3502 | Value *Src; |
3503 | if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) { |
3504 | Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3505 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "load" ); |
3506 | Src = extractVector(IRB, V: Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, Name: "vec" ); |
3507 | } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) { |
3508 | Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3509 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "load" ); |
3510 | Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, V: Src, NewTy: IntTy); |
3511 | uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset; |
3512 | Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V: Src, Ty: SubIntTy, Offset, Name: "extract" ); |
3513 | } else { |
3514 | LoadInst *Load = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: OtherTy, Ptr: SrcPtr, Align: SrcAlign, |
3515 | isVolatile: II.isVolatile(), Name: "copyload" ); |
3516 | Load->copyMetadata(SrcInst: II, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
3517 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
3518 | if (AATags) |
3519 | Load->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
3520 | AccessTy: Load->getType(), DL)); |
3521 | Src = Load; |
3522 | } |
3523 | |
3524 | if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) { |
3525 | Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3526 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "oldload" ); |
3527 | Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, V: Src, BeginIndex, Name: "vec" ); |
3528 | } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) { |
3529 | Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty: NewAI.getAllocatedType(), Ptr: &NewAI, |
3530 | Align: NewAI.getAlign(), Name: "oldload" ); |
3531 | Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, V: Old, NewTy: IntTy); |
3532 | uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset; |
3533 | Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V: Src, Offset, Name: "insert" ); |
3534 | Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, V: Src, NewTy: NewAllocaTy); |
3535 | } |
3536 | |
3537 | StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>( |
3538 | Val: IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Val: Src, Ptr: DstPtr, Align: DstAlign, isVolatile: II.isVolatile())); |
3539 | Store->copyMetadata(SrcInst: II, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
3540 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
3541 | if (AATags) |
3542 | Store->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset, |
3543 | AccessTy: Src->getType(), DL)); |
3544 | |
3545 | APInt Offset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty: DstPtr->getType()), 0); |
3546 | if (IsDest) { |
3547 | |
3548 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: &OldAI, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: NewBeginOffset * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, OldInst: &II, |
3549 | Inst: Store, Dest: DstPtr, Value: Src, DL); |
3550 | } else if (AllocaInst *Base = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>( |
3551 | Val: DstPtr->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets( |
3552 | DL, Offset, /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true))) { |
3553 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: Base, IsSplit, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: Offset.getZExtValue() * 8, SliceSizeInBits: SliceSize * 8, |
3554 | OldInst: &II, Inst: Store, Dest: DstPtr, Value: Src, DL); |
3555 | } |
3556 | |
3557 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n" ); |
3558 | return !II.isVolatile(); |
3559 | } |
3560 | |
3561 | bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) { |
3562 | assert((II.isLifetimeStartOrEnd() || II.isLaunderOrStripInvariantGroup() || |
3563 | II.isDroppable()) && |
3564 | "Unexpected intrinsic!" ); |
3565 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n" ); |
3566 | |
3567 | // Record this instruction for deletion. |
3568 | Pass.DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: &II); |
3569 | |
3570 | if (II.isDroppable()) { |
3571 | assert(II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::assume && "Expected assume" ); |
3572 | // TODO For now we forget assumed information, this can be improved. |
3573 | OldPtr->dropDroppableUsesIn(Usr&: II); |
3574 | return true; |
3575 | } |
3576 | |
3577 | if (II.isLaunderOrStripInvariantGroup()) |
3578 | return true; |
3579 | |
3580 | assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr); |
3581 | // Lifetime intrinsics are only promotable if they cover the whole alloca. |
3582 | // Therefore, we drop lifetime intrinsics which don't cover the whole |
3583 | // alloca. |
3584 | // (In theory, intrinsics which partially cover an alloca could be |
3585 | // promoted, but PromoteMemToReg doesn't handle that case.) |
3586 | // FIXME: Check whether the alloca is promotable before dropping the |
3587 | // lifetime intrinsics? |
3588 | if (NewBeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset || |
3589 | NewEndOffset != NewAllocaEndOffset) |
3590 | return true; |
3591 | |
3592 | ConstantInt *Size = |
3593 | ConstantInt::get(Ty: cast<IntegerType>(Val: II.getArgOperand(i: 0)->getType()), |
3594 | V: NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset); |
3595 | // Lifetime intrinsics always expect an i8* so directly get such a pointer |
3596 | // for the new alloca slice. |
3597 | Type *PointerTy = IRB.getPtrTy(AddrSpace: OldPtr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()); |
3598 | Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy); |
3599 | Value *New; |
3600 | if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start) |
3601 | New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size); |
3602 | else |
3603 | New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size); |
3604 | |
3605 | (void)New; |
3606 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n" ); |
3607 | |
3608 | return true; |
3609 | } |
3610 | |
3611 | void fixLoadStoreAlign(Instruction &Root) { |
3612 | // This algorithm implements the same visitor loop as |
3613 | // hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse, and fixes the alignment of each load |
3614 | // or store found. |
3615 | SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited; |
3616 | SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> Uses; |
3617 | Visited.insert(Ptr: &Root); |
3618 | Uses.push_back(Elt: &Root); |
3619 | do { |
3620 | Instruction *I = Uses.pop_back_val(); |
3621 | |
3622 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: I)) { |
3623 | LI->setAlignment(std::min(a: LI->getAlign(), b: getSliceAlign())); |
3624 | continue; |
3625 | } |
3626 | if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: I)) { |
3627 | SI->setAlignment(std::min(a: SI->getAlign(), b: getSliceAlign())); |
3628 | continue; |
3629 | } |
3630 | |
3631 | assert(isa<BitCastInst>(I) || isa<AddrSpaceCastInst>(I) || |
3632 | isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I) || |
3633 | isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I)); |
3634 | for (User *U : I->users()) |
3635 | if (Visited.insert(Ptr: cast<Instruction>(Val: U)).second) |
3636 | Uses.push_back(Elt: cast<Instruction>(Val: U)); |
3637 | } while (!Uses.empty()); |
3638 | } |
3639 | |
3640 | bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { |
3641 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n" ); |
3642 | assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable" ); |
3643 | assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable" ); |
3644 | |
3645 | // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be |
3646 | // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of |
3647 | // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to |
3648 | // dominate the PHI. |
3649 | IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard Guard(IRB); |
3650 | if (isa<PHINode>(Val: OldPtr)) |
3651 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(TheBB: OldPtr->getParent(), |
3652 | IP: OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt()); |
3653 | else |
3654 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr); |
3655 | IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc()); |
3656 | |
3657 | Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: OldPtr->getType()); |
3658 | // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer. |
3659 | std::replace(first: PN.op_begin(), last: PN.op_end(), old_value: cast<Value>(Val: OldPtr), new_value: NewPtr); |
3660 | |
3661 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n" ); |
3662 | deleteIfTriviallyDead(V: OldPtr); |
3663 | |
3664 | // Fix the alignment of any loads or stores using this PHI node. |
3665 | fixLoadStoreAlign(Root&: PN); |
3666 | |
3667 | // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We |
3668 | // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the |
3669 | // fully-rewritten alloca. |
3670 | PHIUsers.insert(X: &PN); |
3671 | return true; |
3672 | } |
3673 | |
3674 | bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { |
3675 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n" ); |
3676 | assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) && |
3677 | "Pointer isn't an operand!" ); |
3678 | assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable" ); |
3679 | assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable" ); |
3680 | |
3681 | Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy: OldPtr->getType()); |
3682 | // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer. |
3683 | if (SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 1) == OldPtr) |
3684 | SI.setOperand(i_nocapture: 1, Val_nocapture: NewPtr); |
3685 | if (SI.getOperand(i_nocapture: 2) == OldPtr) |
3686 | SI.setOperand(i_nocapture: 2, Val_nocapture: NewPtr); |
3687 | |
3688 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n" ); |
3689 | deleteIfTriviallyDead(V: OldPtr); |
3690 | |
3691 | // Fix the alignment of any loads or stores using this select. |
3692 | fixLoadStoreAlign(Root&: SI); |
3693 | |
3694 | // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We |
3695 | // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the |
3696 | // fully-rewritten alloca. |
3697 | SelectUsers.insert(X: &SI); |
3698 | return true; |
3699 | } |
3700 | }; |
3701 | |
3702 | /// Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar. |
3703 | /// |
3704 | /// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on |
3705 | /// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify) |
3706 | /// with scalar loads and stores. |
3707 | class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> { |
3708 | // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods. |
3709 | friend class InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>; |
3710 | |
3711 | /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite. |
3712 | SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue; |
3713 | |
3714 | /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops. |
3715 | SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited; |
3716 | |
3717 | /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used |
3718 | /// value (as opposed to the user). |
3719 | Use *U = nullptr; |
3720 | |
3721 | /// Used to calculate offsets, and hence alignment, of subobjects. |
3722 | const DataLayout &DL; |
3723 | |
3724 | IRBuilderTy &IRB; |
3725 | |
3726 | public: |
3727 | AggLoadStoreRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB) |
3728 | : DL(DL), IRB(IRB) {} |
3729 | |
3730 | /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from |
3731 | /// it. |
3732 | bool rewrite(Instruction &I) { |
3733 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n" ); |
3734 | enqueueUsers(I); |
3735 | bool Changed = false; |
3736 | while (!Queue.empty()) { |
3737 | U = Queue.pop_back_val(); |
3738 | Changed |= visit(I: cast<Instruction>(Val: U->getUser())); |
3739 | } |
3740 | return Changed; |
3741 | } |
3742 | |
3743 | private: |
3744 | /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing. |
3745 | /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users. |
3746 | void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) { |
3747 | for (Use &U : I.uses()) |
3748 | if (Visited.insert(Ptr: U.getUser()).second) |
3749 | Queue.push_back(Elt: &U); |
3750 | } |
3751 | |
3752 | // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything. |
3753 | bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; } |
3754 | |
3755 | /// Generic recursive split emission class. |
3756 | template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter { |
3757 | protected: |
3758 | /// The builder used to form new instructions. |
3759 | IRBuilderTy &IRB; |
3760 | |
3761 | /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the |
3762 | /// appropriate value within the aggregate. |
3763 | SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices; |
3764 | |
3765 | /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot |
3766 | /// within the aggregate. |
3767 | SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices; |
3768 | |
3769 | /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the |
3770 | /// split operations. |
3771 | Value *Ptr; |
3772 | |
3773 | /// The base pointee type being GEPed into. |
3774 | Type *BaseTy; |
3775 | |
3776 | /// Known alignment of the base pointer. |
3777 | Align BaseAlign; |
3778 | |
3779 | /// To calculate offset of each component so we can correctly deduce |
3780 | /// alignments. |
3781 | const DataLayout &DL; |
3782 | |
3783 | /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a |
3784 | /// single zero GEP index. |
3785 | OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr, Type *BaseTy, |
3786 | Align BaseAlign, const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB) |
3787 | : IRB(IRB), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(C: 0)), Ptr(Ptr), BaseTy(BaseTy), |
3788 | BaseAlign(BaseAlign), DL(DL) { |
3789 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(InsertionPoint); |
3790 | } |
3791 | |
3792 | public: |
3793 | /// Generic recursive split emission routine. |
3794 | /// |
3795 | /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into |
3796 | /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value |
3797 | /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument. |
3798 | /// |
3799 | /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and |
3800 | /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely |
3801 | /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values). |
3802 | /// |
3803 | /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops. |
3804 | /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on |
3805 | /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively. |
3806 | void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) { |
3807 | if (Ty->isSingleValueType()) { |
3808 | unsigned Offset = DL.getIndexedOffsetInType(ElemTy: BaseTy, Indices: GEPIndices); |
3809 | return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc( |
3810 | Ty, Agg, commonAlignment(A: BaseAlign, Offset), Name); |
3811 | } |
3812 | |
3813 | if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Val: Ty)) { |
3814 | unsigned OldSize = Indices.size(); |
3815 | (void)OldSize; |
3816 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size; |
3817 | ++Idx) { |
3818 | assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size" ); |
3819 | Indices.push_back(Elt: Idx); |
3820 | GEPIndices.push_back(Elt: IRB.getInt32(C: Idx)); |
3821 | emitSplitOps(Ty: ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name: Name + "." + Twine(Idx)); |
3822 | GEPIndices.pop_back(); |
3823 | Indices.pop_back(); |
3824 | } |
3825 | return; |
3826 | } |
3827 | |
3828 | if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Val: Ty)) { |
3829 | unsigned OldSize = Indices.size(); |
3830 | (void)OldSize; |
3831 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size; |
3832 | ++Idx) { |
3833 | assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size" ); |
3834 | Indices.push_back(Elt: Idx); |
3835 | GEPIndices.push_back(Elt: IRB.getInt32(C: Idx)); |
3836 | emitSplitOps(Ty: STy->getElementType(N: Idx), Agg, Name: Name + "." + Twine(Idx)); |
3837 | GEPIndices.pop_back(); |
3838 | Indices.pop_back(); |
3839 | } |
3840 | return; |
3841 | } |
3842 | |
3843 | llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types" ); |
3844 | } |
3845 | }; |
3846 | |
3847 | struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> { |
3848 | AAMDNodes AATags; |
3849 | |
3850 | LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr, Type *BaseTy, |
3851 | AAMDNodes AATags, Align BaseAlign, const DataLayout &DL, |
3852 | IRBuilderTy &IRB) |
3853 | : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr, BaseTy, BaseAlign, DL, |
3854 | IRB), |
3855 | AATags(AATags) {} |
3856 | |
3857 | /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the |
3858 | /// recursive emission to actually load values. |
3859 | void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, Align Alignment, const Twine &Name) { |
3860 | assert(Ty->isSingleValueType()); |
3861 | // Load the single value and insert it using the indices. |
3862 | Value *GEP = |
3863 | IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Ty: BaseTy, Ptr, IdxList: GEPIndices, Name: Name + ".gep" ); |
3864 | LoadInst *Load = |
3865 | IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(Ty, Ptr: GEP, Align: Alignment, Name: Name + ".load" ); |
3866 | |
3867 | APInt Offset( |
3868 | DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS: Ptr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()), 0); |
3869 | if (AATags && |
3870 | GEPOperator::accumulateConstantOffset(SourceType: BaseTy, Index: GEPIndices, DL, Offset)) |
3871 | Load->setAAMetadata( |
3872 | AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: Offset.getZExtValue(), AccessTy: Load->getType(), DL)); |
3873 | |
3874 | Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Val: Load, Idxs: Indices, Name: Name + ".insert" ); |
3875 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n" ); |
3876 | } |
3877 | }; |
3878 | |
3879 | bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) { |
3880 | assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U); |
3881 | if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) |
3882 | return false; |
3883 | |
3884 | // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart. |
3885 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n" ); |
3886 | LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U, LI.getType(), LI.getAAMetadata(), |
3887 | getAdjustedAlignment(I: &LI, Offset: 0), DL, IRB); |
3888 | Value *V = PoisonValue::get(T: LI.getType()); |
3889 | Splitter.emitSplitOps(Ty: LI.getType(), Agg&: V, Name: LI.getName() + ".fca" ); |
3890 | Visited.erase(Ptr: &LI); |
3891 | LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V); |
3892 | LI.eraseFromParent(); |
3893 | return true; |
3894 | } |
3895 | |
3896 | struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> { |
3897 | StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr, Type *BaseTy, |
3898 | AAMDNodes AATags, StoreInst *AggStore, Align BaseAlign, |
3899 | const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB) |
3900 | : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr, BaseTy, BaseAlign, |
3901 | DL, IRB), |
3902 | AATags(AATags), AggStore(AggStore) {} |
3903 | AAMDNodes AATags; |
3904 | StoreInst *AggStore; |
3905 | /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the |
3906 | /// recursive emission to actually produce stores. |
3907 | void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, Align Alignment, const Twine &Name) { |
3908 | assert(Ty->isSingleValueType()); |
3909 | // Extract the single value and store it using the indices. |
3910 | // |
3911 | // The gep and extractvalue values are factored out of the CreateStore |
3912 | // call to make the output independent of the argument evaluation order. |
3913 | Value * = |
3914 | IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Idxs: Indices, Name: Name + ".extract" ); |
3915 | Value *InBoundsGEP = |
3916 | IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(Ty: BaseTy, Ptr, IdxList: GEPIndices, Name: Name + ".gep" ); |
3917 | StoreInst *Store = |
3918 | IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Val: ExtractValue, Ptr: InBoundsGEP, Align: Alignment); |
3919 | |
3920 | APInt Offset( |
3921 | DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS: Ptr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()), 0); |
3922 | GEPOperator::accumulateConstantOffset(SourceType: BaseTy, Index: GEPIndices, DL, Offset); |
3923 | if (AATags) { |
3924 | Store->setAAMetadata(AATags.adjustForAccess( |
3925 | Offset: Offset.getZExtValue(), AccessTy: ExtractValue->getType(), DL)); |
3926 | } |
3927 | |
3928 | // migrateDebugInfo requires the base Alloca. Walk to it from this gep. |
3929 | // If we cannot (because there's an intervening non-const or unbounded |
3930 | // gep) then we wouldn't expect to see dbg.assign intrinsics linked to |
3931 | // this instruction. |
3932 | Value *Base = AggStore->getPointerOperand()->stripInBoundsOffsets(); |
3933 | if (auto *OldAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val: Base)) { |
3934 | uint64_t SizeInBits = |
3935 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: Store->getValueOperand()->getType()); |
3936 | migrateDebugInfo(OldAlloca: OldAI, /*IsSplit*/ true, OldAllocaOffsetInBits: Offset.getZExtValue() * 8, |
3937 | SliceSizeInBits: SizeInBits, OldInst: AggStore, Inst: Store, |
3938 | Dest: Store->getPointerOperand(), Value: Store->getValueOperand(), |
3939 | DL); |
3940 | } else { |
3941 | assert(at::getAssignmentMarkers(Store).empty() && |
3942 | at::getDVRAssignmentMarkers(Store).empty() && |
3943 | "AT: unexpected debug.assign linked to store through " |
3944 | "unbounded GEP" ); |
3945 | } |
3946 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n" ); |
3947 | } |
3948 | }; |
3949 | |
3950 | bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) { |
3951 | if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U) |
3952 | return false; |
3953 | Value *V = SI.getValueOperand(); |
3954 | if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType()) |
3955 | return false; |
3956 | |
3957 | // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart. |
3958 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n" ); |
3959 | StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U, V->getType(), SI.getAAMetadata(), &SI, |
3960 | getAdjustedAlignment(I: &SI, Offset: 0), DL, IRB); |
3961 | Splitter.emitSplitOps(Ty: V->getType(), Agg&: V, Name: V->getName() + ".fca" ); |
3962 | Visited.erase(Ptr: &SI); |
3963 | // The stores replacing SI each have markers describing fragments of the |
3964 | // assignment so delete the assignment markers linked to SI. |
3965 | at::deleteAssignmentMarkers(Inst: &SI); |
3966 | SI.eraseFromParent(); |
3967 | return true; |
3968 | } |
3969 | |
3970 | bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) { |
3971 | enqueueUsers(I&: BC); |
3972 | return false; |
3973 | } |
3974 | |
3975 | bool visitAddrSpaceCastInst(AddrSpaceCastInst &ASC) { |
3976 | enqueueUsers(I&: ASC); |
3977 | return false; |
3978 | } |
3979 | |
3980 | // Unfold gep (select cond, ptr1, ptr2), idx |
3981 | // => select cond, gep(ptr1, idx), gep(ptr2, idx) |
3982 | // and gep ptr, (select cond, idx1, idx2) |
3983 | // => select cond, gep(ptr, idx1), gep(ptr, idx2) |
3984 | bool unfoldGEPSelect(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) { |
3985 | // Check whether the GEP has exactly one select operand and all indices |
3986 | // will become constant after the transform. |
3987 | SelectInst *Sel = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Val: GEPI.getPointerOperand()); |
3988 | for (Value *Op : GEPI.indices()) { |
3989 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Val: Op)) { |
3990 | if (Sel) |
3991 | return false; |
3992 | |
3993 | Sel = SI; |
3994 | if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val: Sel->getTrueValue()) || |
3995 | !isa<ConstantInt>(Val: Sel->getFalseValue())) |
3996 | return false; |
3997 | continue; |
3998 | } |
3999 | |
4000 | if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val: Op)) |
4001 | return false; |
4002 | } |
4003 | |
4004 | if (!Sel) |
4005 | return false; |
4006 | |
4007 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting gep(select) -> select(gep):\n" ; |
4008 | dbgs() << " original: " << *Sel << "\n" ; |
4009 | dbgs() << " " << GEPI << "\n" ;); |
4010 | |
4011 | auto GetNewOps = [&](Value *SelOp) { |
4012 | SmallVector<Value *> NewOps; |
4013 | for (Value *Op : GEPI.operands()) |
4014 | if (Op == Sel) |
4015 | NewOps.push_back(Elt: SelOp); |
4016 | else |
4017 | NewOps.push_back(Elt: Op); |
4018 | return NewOps; |
4019 | }; |
4020 | |
4021 | Value *True = Sel->getTrueValue(); |
4022 | Value *False = Sel->getFalseValue(); |
4023 | SmallVector<Value *> TrueOps = GetNewOps(True); |
4024 | SmallVector<Value *> FalseOps = GetNewOps(False); |
4025 | |
4026 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(&GEPI); |
4027 | bool IsInBounds = GEPI.isInBounds(); |
4028 | |
4029 | Type *Ty = GEPI.getSourceElementType(); |
4030 | Value *NTrue = IRB.CreateGEP(Ty, Ptr: TrueOps[0], IdxList: ArrayRef(TrueOps).drop_front(), |
4031 | Name: True->getName() + ".sroa.gep" , IsInBounds); |
4032 | |
4033 | Value *NFalse = |
4034 | IRB.CreateGEP(Ty, Ptr: FalseOps[0], IdxList: ArrayRef(FalseOps).drop_front(), |
4035 | Name: False->getName() + ".sroa.gep" , IsInBounds); |
4036 | |
4037 | Value *NSel = IRB.CreateSelect(C: Sel->getCondition(), True: NTrue, False: NFalse, |
4038 | Name: Sel->getName() + ".sroa.sel" ); |
4039 | Visited.erase(Ptr: &GEPI); |
4040 | GEPI.replaceAllUsesWith(V: NSel); |
4041 | GEPI.eraseFromParent(); |
4042 | Instruction *NSelI = cast<Instruction>(Val: NSel); |
4043 | Visited.insert(Ptr: NSelI); |
4044 | enqueueUsers(I&: *NSelI); |
4045 | |
4046 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NTrue << "\n" ; |
4047 | dbgs() << " " << *NFalse << "\n" ; |
4048 | dbgs() << " " << *NSel << "\n" ;); |
4049 | |
4050 | return true; |
4051 | } |
4052 | |
4053 | // Unfold gep (phi ptr1, ptr2), idx |
4054 | // => phi ((gep ptr1, idx), (gep ptr2, idx)) |
4055 | // and gep ptr, (phi idx1, idx2) |
4056 | // => phi ((gep ptr, idx1), (gep ptr, idx2)) |
4057 | bool unfoldGEPPhi(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) { |
4058 | // To prevent infinitely expanding recursive phis, bail if the GEP pointer |
4059 | // operand (looking through the phi if it is the phi we want to unfold) is |
4060 | // an instruction besides a static alloca. |
4061 | PHINode *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Val: GEPI.getPointerOperand()); |
4062 | auto IsInvalidPointerOperand = [](Value *V) { |
4063 | if (!isa<Instruction>(Val: V)) |
4064 | return false; |
4065 | if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val: V)) |
4066 | return !AI->isStaticAlloca(); |
4067 | return true; |
4068 | }; |
4069 | if (Phi) { |
4070 | if (any_of(Range: Phi->operands(), P: IsInvalidPointerOperand)) |
4071 | return false; |
4072 | } else { |
4073 | if (IsInvalidPointerOperand(GEPI.getPointerOperand())) |
4074 | return false; |
4075 | } |
4076 | // Check whether the GEP has exactly one phi operand (including the pointer |
4077 | // operand) and all indices will become constant after the transform. |
4078 | for (Value *Op : GEPI.indices()) { |
4079 | if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Val: Op)) { |
4080 | if (Phi) |
4081 | return false; |
4082 | |
4083 | Phi = SI; |
4084 | if (!all_of(Range: Phi->incoming_values(), |
4085 | P: [](Value *V) { return isa<ConstantInt>(Val: V); })) |
4086 | return false; |
4087 | continue; |
4088 | } |
4089 | |
4090 | if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val: Op)) |
4091 | return false; |
4092 | } |
4093 | |
4094 | if (!Phi) |
4095 | return false; |
4096 | |
4097 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting gep(phi) -> phi(gep):\n" ; |
4098 | dbgs() << " original: " << *Phi << "\n" ; |
4099 | dbgs() << " " << GEPI << "\n" ;); |
4100 | |
4101 | auto GetNewOps = [&](Value *PhiOp) { |
4102 | SmallVector<Value *> NewOps; |
4103 | for (Value *Op : GEPI.operands()) |
4104 | if (Op == Phi) |
4105 | NewOps.push_back(Elt: PhiOp); |
4106 | else |
4107 | NewOps.push_back(Elt: Op); |
4108 | return NewOps; |
4109 | }; |
4110 | |
4111 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(Phi); |
4112 | PHINode *NewPhi = IRB.CreatePHI(Ty: GEPI.getType(), NumReservedValues: Phi->getNumIncomingValues(), |
4113 | Name: Phi->getName() + ".sroa.phi" ); |
4114 | |
4115 | bool IsInBounds = GEPI.isInBounds(); |
4116 | Type *SourceTy = GEPI.getSourceElementType(); |
4117 | // We only handle arguments, constants, and static allocas here, so we can |
4118 | // insert GEPs at the end of the entry block. |
4119 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(GEPI.getFunction()->getEntryBlock().getTerminator()); |
4120 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Phi->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) { |
4121 | Value *Op = Phi->getIncomingValue(i: I); |
4122 | BasicBlock *BB = Phi->getIncomingBlock(i: I); |
4123 | Value *NewGEP; |
4124 | if (int NI = NewPhi->getBasicBlockIndex(BB); NI >= 0) { |
4125 | NewGEP = NewPhi->getIncomingValue(i: NI); |
4126 | } else { |
4127 | SmallVector<Value *> NewOps = GetNewOps(Op); |
4128 | NewGEP = |
4129 | IRB.CreateGEP(Ty: SourceTy, Ptr: NewOps[0], IdxList: ArrayRef(NewOps).drop_front(), |
4130 | Name: Phi->getName() + ".sroa.gep" , IsInBounds); |
4131 | } |
4132 | NewPhi->addIncoming(V: NewGEP, BB); |
4133 | } |
4134 | |
4135 | Visited.erase(Ptr: &GEPI); |
4136 | GEPI.replaceAllUsesWith(V: NewPhi); |
4137 | GEPI.eraseFromParent(); |
4138 | Visited.insert(Ptr: NewPhi); |
4139 | enqueueUsers(I&: *NewPhi); |
4140 | |
4141 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " ; |
4142 | for (Value *In |
4143 | : NewPhi->incoming_values()) dbgs() |
4144 | << "\n " << *In; |
4145 | dbgs() << "\n " << *NewPhi << '\n'); |
4146 | |
4147 | return true; |
4148 | } |
4149 | |
4150 | bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) { |
4151 | if (unfoldGEPSelect(GEPI)) |
4152 | return true; |
4153 | |
4154 | if (unfoldGEPPhi(GEPI)) |
4155 | return true; |
4156 | |
4157 | enqueueUsers(I&: GEPI); |
4158 | return false; |
4159 | } |
4160 | |
4161 | bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { |
4162 | enqueueUsers(I&: PN); |
4163 | return false; |
4164 | } |
4165 | |
4166 | bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { |
4167 | enqueueUsers(I&: SI); |
4168 | return false; |
4169 | } |
4170 | }; |
4171 | |
4172 | } // end anonymous namespace |
4173 | |
4174 | /// Strip aggregate type wrapping. |
4175 | /// |
4176 | /// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will |
4177 | /// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type |
4178 | /// size or the allocated size. |
4179 | static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) { |
4180 | if (Ty->isSingleValueType()) |
4181 | return Ty; |
4182 | |
4183 | uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty).getFixedValue(); |
4184 | uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty).getFixedValue(); |
4185 | |
4186 | Type *InnerTy; |
4187 | if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Val: Ty)) { |
4188 | InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType(); |
4189 | } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Val: Ty)) { |
4190 | const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(Ty: STy); |
4191 | unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(FixedOffset: 0); |
4192 | InnerTy = STy->getElementType(N: Index); |
4193 | } else { |
4194 | return Ty; |
4195 | } |
4196 | |
4197 | if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: InnerTy).getFixedValue() || |
4198 | TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: InnerTy).getFixedValue()) |
4199 | return Ty; |
4200 | |
4201 | return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty: InnerTy); |
4202 | } |
4203 | |
4204 | /// Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given |
4205 | /// offset and size. |
4206 | /// |
4207 | /// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype |
4208 | /// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section |
4209 | /// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section, |
4210 | /// and the same for structs. |
4211 | /// |
4212 | /// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the |
4213 | /// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving |
4214 | /// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off. |
4215 | /// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not |
4216 | /// return a type if necessary. |
4217 | static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset, |
4218 | uint64_t Size) { |
4219 | if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty).getFixedValue() == Size) |
4220 | return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty); |
4221 | if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty).getFixedValue() || |
4222 | (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty).getFixedValue() - Offset) < Size) |
4223 | return nullptr; |
4224 | |
4225 | if (isa<ArrayType>(Val: Ty) || isa<VectorType>(Val: Ty)) { |
4226 | Type *ElementTy; |
4227 | uint64_t TyNumElements; |
4228 | if (auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Val: Ty)) { |
4229 | ElementTy = AT->getElementType(); |
4230 | TyNumElements = AT->getNumElements(); |
4231 | } else { |
4232 | // FIXME: This isn't right for vectors with non-byte-sized or |
4233 | // non-power-of-two sized elements. |
4234 | auto *VT = cast<FixedVectorType>(Val: Ty); |
4235 | ElementTy = VT->getElementType(); |
4236 | TyNumElements = VT->getNumElements(); |
4237 | } |
4238 | uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: ElementTy).getFixedValue(); |
4239 | uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize; |
4240 | if (NumSkippedElements >= TyNumElements) |
4241 | return nullptr; |
4242 | Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize; |
4243 | |
4244 | // First check if we need to recurse. |
4245 | if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) { |
4246 | // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element. |
4247 | if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize) |
4248 | return nullptr; |
4249 | // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes. |
4250 | return getTypePartition(DL, Ty: ElementTy, Offset, Size); |
4251 | } |
4252 | assert(Offset == 0); |
4253 | |
4254 | if (Size == ElementSize) |
4255 | return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty: ElementTy); |
4256 | assert(Size > ElementSize); |
4257 | uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize; |
4258 | if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size) |
4259 | return nullptr; |
4260 | return ArrayType::get(ElementType: ElementTy, NumElements); |
4261 | } |
4262 | |
4263 | StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Val: Ty); |
4264 | if (!STy) |
4265 | return nullptr; |
4266 | |
4267 | const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(Ty: STy); |
4268 | |
4269 | if (SL->getSizeInBits().isScalable()) |
4270 | return nullptr; |
4271 | |
4272 | if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes()) |
4273 | return nullptr; |
4274 | uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size; |
4275 | if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes()) |
4276 | return nullptr; |
4277 | |
4278 | unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(FixedOffset: Offset); |
4279 | Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Idx: Index); |
4280 | |
4281 | Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(N: Index); |
4282 | uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: ElementTy).getFixedValue(); |
4283 | if (Offset >= ElementSize) |
4284 | return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding. |
4285 | |
4286 | // See if any partition must be contained by the element. |
4287 | if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) { |
4288 | if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize) |
4289 | return nullptr; |
4290 | return getTypePartition(DL, Ty: ElementTy, Offset, Size); |
4291 | } |
4292 | assert(Offset == 0); |
4293 | |
4294 | if (Size == ElementSize) |
4295 | return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty: ElementTy); |
4296 | |
4297 | StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index, |
4298 | EE = STy->element_end(); |
4299 | if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { |
4300 | unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(FixedOffset: EndOffset); |
4301 | if (Index == EndIndex) |
4302 | return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding. |
4303 | |
4304 | // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the |
4305 | // expected size. |
4306 | // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the |
4307 | // sub-struct to find a natural end point. |
4308 | if (SL->getElementOffset(Idx: EndIndex) != EndOffset) |
4309 | return nullptr; |
4310 | |
4311 | assert(Index < EndIndex); |
4312 | EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex; |
4313 | } |
4314 | |
4315 | // Try to build up a sub-structure. |
4316 | StructType *SubTy = |
4317 | StructType::get(Context&: STy->getContext(), Elements: ArrayRef(EI, EE), isPacked: STy->isPacked()); |
4318 | const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(Ty: SubTy); |
4319 | if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes()) |
4320 | return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed. |
4321 | |
4322 | return SubTy; |
4323 | } |
4324 | |
4325 | /// Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting. |
4326 | /// |
4327 | /// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as |
4328 | /// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we |
4329 | /// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the |
4330 | /// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores |
4331 | /// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like |
4332 | /// the following: |
4333 | /// |
4334 | /// %a = alloca [12 x i8] |
4335 | /// %gep1 = getelementptr i8, ptr %a, i32 0 |
4336 | /// %gep2 = getelementptr i8, ptr %a, i32 4 |
4337 | /// %gep3 = getelementptr i8, ptr %a, i32 8 |
4338 | /// store float 0.0, ptr %gep1 |
4339 | /// store float 1.0, ptr %gep2 |
4340 | /// %v = load i64, ptr %gep1 |
4341 | /// store i64 %v, ptr %gep2 |
4342 | /// %f1 = load float, ptr %gep2 |
4343 | /// %f2 = load float, ptr %gep3 |
4344 | /// |
4345 | /// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and |
4346 | /// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been |
4347 | /// there all along. |
4348 | /// |
4349 | /// \returns true if any changes are made. |
4350 | bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) { |
4351 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n" ); |
4352 | |
4353 | // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in |
4354 | // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable |
4355 | // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we |
4356 | // actually split. |
4357 | SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads; |
4358 | SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores; |
4359 | |
4360 | // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we |
4361 | // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads |
4362 | // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill |
4363 | // all the slices that end up split. |
4364 | struct SplitOffsets { |
4365 | Slice *S; |
4366 | std::vector<uint64_t> Splits; |
4367 | }; |
4368 | SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap; |
4369 | |
4370 | // Track loads out of this alloca which cannot, for any reason, be pre-split. |
4371 | // This is important as we also cannot pre-split stores of those loads! |
4372 | // FIXME: This is all pretty gross. It means that we can be more aggressive |
4373 | // in pre-splitting when the load feeding the store happens to come from |
4374 | // a separate alloca. Put another way, the effectiveness of SROA would be |
4375 | // decreased by a frontend which just concatenated all of its local allocas |
4376 | // into one big flat alloca. But defeating such patterns is exactly the job |
4377 | // SROA is tasked with! Sadly, to not have this discrepancy we would have |
4378 | // change store pre-splitting to actually force pre-splitting of the load |
4379 | // that feeds it *and all stores*. That makes pre-splitting much harder, but |
4380 | // maybe it would make it more principled? |
4381 | SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 8> UnsplittableLoads; |
4382 | |
4383 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n" ); |
4384 | for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) { |
4385 | for (Slice &S : P) { |
4386 | Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(Val: S.getUse()->getUser()); |
4387 | if (!S.isSplittable() || S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset()) { |
4388 | // If this is a load we have to track that it can't participate in any |
4389 | // pre-splitting. If this is a store of a load we have to track that |
4390 | // that load also can't participate in any pre-splitting. |
4391 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: I)) |
4392 | UnsplittableLoads.insert(Ptr: LI); |
4393 | else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: I)) |
4394 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: SI->getValueOperand())) |
4395 | UnsplittableLoads.insert(Ptr: LI); |
4396 | continue; |
4397 | } |
4398 | assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() && |
4399 | "Empty or backwards partition!" ); |
4400 | |
4401 | // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice. |
4402 | if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: I)) { |
4403 | assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!" ); |
4404 | |
4405 | // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for |
4406 | // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be |
4407 | // simple to avoid changing semantics. |
4408 | auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) { |
4409 | for (User *LU : LI->users()) { |
4410 | auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: LU); |
4411 | if (!SI || !SI->isSimple()) |
4412 | return false; |
4413 | } |
4414 | return true; |
4415 | }; |
4416 | if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI)) { |
4417 | UnsplittableLoads.insert(Ptr: LI); |
4418 | continue; |
4419 | } |
4420 | |
4421 | Loads.push_back(Elt: LI); |
4422 | } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Val: I)) { |
4423 | if (S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(i: SI->getPointerOperandIndex())) |
4424 | // Skip stores *of* pointers. FIXME: This shouldn't even be possible! |
4425 | continue; |
4426 | auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Val: SI->getValueOperand()); |
4427 | if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple()) |
4428 | continue; |
4429 | assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!" ); |
4430 | |
4431 | Stores.push_back(Elt: SI); |
4432 | } else { |
4433 | // Other uses cannot be pre-split. |
4434 | continue; |
4435 | } |
4436 | |
4437 | // Record the initial split. |
4438 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n" ); |
4439 | auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I]; |
4440 | assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() && |
4441 | "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!" ); |
4442 | Offsets.S = &S; |
4443 | Offsets.Splits.push_back(x: P.endOffset() - S.beginOffset()); |
4444 | } |
4445 | |
4446 | // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which |
4447 | // we're going to pre-split. |
4448 | for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) { |
4449 | auto SplitOffsetsMapI = |
4450 | SplitOffsetsMap.find(Val: cast<Instruction>(Val: S->getUse()->getUser())); |
4451 | if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end()) |
4452 | continue; |
4453 | auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second; |
4454 | |
4455 | assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!" ); |
4456 | assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() && |
4457 | "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!" ); |
4458 | assert(Offsets.Splits.back() == |
4459 | P.beginOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() && |
4460 | "Previous split does not end where this one begins!" ); |
4461 | |
4462 | // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size |
4463 | // of the slice dictates that. |
4464 | if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset()) |
4465 | Offsets.Splits.push_back(x: P.endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset()); |
4466 | } |
4467 | } |
4468 | |
4469 | // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For |
4470 | // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly |
4471 | // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to |
4472 | // any rewriting. |
4473 | llvm::erase_if(C&: Stores, P: [&UnsplittableLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) { |
4474 | // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split |
4475 | // offsets. |
4476 | auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Val: SI->getValueOperand()); |
4477 | // If it was completely unsplittable, then we're done, |
4478 | // and this store can't be pre-split. |
4479 | if (UnsplittableLoads.count(Ptr: LI)) |
4480 | return true; |
4481 | |
4482 | auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(Val: LI); |
4483 | if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end()) |
4484 | return false; // Unrelated loads are definitely safe. |
4485 | auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second; |
4486 | |
4487 | // Now lookup the store's offsets. |
4488 | auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI]; |
4489 | |
4490 | // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and |
4491 | // store match exactly, then we can split them and we |
4492 | // don't need to remove them here. |
4493 | if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits) |
4494 | return false; |
4495 | |
4496 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n" |
4497 | << " " << *LI << "\n" |
4498 | << " " << *SI << "\n" ); |
4499 | |
4500 | // We've found a store and load that we need to split |
4501 | // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them |
4502 | // and remove both instructions from our list of |
4503 | // candidates. |
4504 | UnsplittableLoads.insert(Ptr: LI); |
4505 | return true; |
4506 | }); |
4507 | // Now we have to go *back* through all the stores, because a later store may |
4508 | // have caused an earlier store's load to become unsplittable and if it is |
4509 | // unsplittable for the later store, then we can't rely on it being split in |
4510 | // the earlier store either. |
4511 | llvm::erase_if(C&: Stores, P: [&UnsplittableLoads](StoreInst *SI) { |
4512 | auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Val: SI->getValueOperand()); |
4513 | return UnsplittableLoads.count(Ptr: LI); |
4514 | }); |
4515 | // Once we've established all the loads that can't be split for some reason, |
4516 | // filter any that made it into our list out. |
4517 | llvm::erase_if(C&: Loads, P: [&UnsplittableLoads](LoadInst *LI) { |
4518 | return UnsplittableLoads.count(Ptr: LI); |
4519 | }); |
4520 | |
4521 | // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for |
4522 | // this alloca. |
4523 | if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty()) |
4524 | return false; |
4525 | |
4526 | // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up |
4527 | // an IR builder. |
4528 | IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI); |
4529 | |
4530 | // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices. |
4531 | SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices; |
4532 | |
4533 | // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate |
4534 | // on them. |
4535 | SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas; |
4536 | |
4537 | // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can |
4538 | // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the |
4539 | // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in |
4540 | // the value operand to one of the stores. |
4541 | // |
4542 | // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split |
4543 | // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append |
4544 | // them to the alloca slices. |
4545 | SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap; |
4546 | std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads; |
4547 | const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
4548 | for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) { |
4549 | SplitLoads.clear(); |
4550 | |
4551 | auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI]; |
4552 | unsigned SliceSize = Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset(); |
4553 | assert(LI->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() % 8 == 0 && |
4554 | "Load must have type size equal to store size" ); |
4555 | assert(LI->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() / 8 >= SliceSize && |
4556 | "Load must be >= slice size" ); |
4557 | |
4558 | uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset(); |
4559 | assert(BaseOffset + SliceSize > BaseOffset && |
4560 | "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!" ); |
4561 | |
4562 | Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(Val: LI->getPointerOperand()); |
4563 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI); |
4564 | |
4565 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n" ); |
4566 | |
4567 | uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front(); |
4568 | int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size(); |
4569 | for (;;) { |
4570 | auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(C&: LI->getContext(), N: PartSize * 8); |
4571 | auto AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
4572 | auto *PartPtrTy = LI->getPointerOperandType(); |
4573 | LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad( |
4574 | Ty: PartTy, |
4575 | Ptr: getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, Ptr: BasePtr, |
4576 | Offset: APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset), |
4577 | PointerTy: PartPtrTy, NamePrefix: BasePtr->getName() + "." ), |
4578 | Align: getAdjustedAlignment(I: LI, Offset: PartOffset), |
4579 | /*IsVolatile*/ isVolatile: false, Name: LI->getName()); |
4580 | PLoad->copyMetadata(SrcInst: *LI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
4581 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
4582 | |
4583 | // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later |
4584 | // to rewrite the stores. |
4585 | SplitLoads.push_back(x: PLoad); |
4586 | |
4587 | // Now build a new slice for the alloca. |
4588 | NewSlices.push_back( |
4589 | Elt: Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize, |
4590 | &PLoad->getOperandUse(i: PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()), |
4591 | /*IsSplittable*/ false)); |
4592 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset() |
4593 | << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() |
4594 | << "): " << *PLoad << "\n" ); |
4595 | |
4596 | // See if we've handled all the splits. |
4597 | if (Idx >= Size) |
4598 | break; |
4599 | |
4600 | // Setup the next partition. |
4601 | PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx]; |
4602 | ++Idx; |
4603 | PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : SliceSize) - PartOffset; |
4604 | } |
4605 | |
4606 | // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the |
4607 | // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use |
4608 | // below if the store is going to be split there anyways. |
4609 | bool DeferredStores = false; |
4610 | for (User *LU : LI->users()) { |
4611 | StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(Val: LU); |
4612 | if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(Val: SI)) { |
4613 | DeferredStores = true; |
4614 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI |
4615 | << "\n" ); |
4616 | continue; |
4617 | } |
4618 | |
4619 | Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand(); |
4620 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI); |
4621 | AAMDNodes AATags = SI->getAAMetadata(); |
4622 | |
4623 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n" ); |
4624 | |
4625 | for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) { |
4626 | LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx]; |
4627 | uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1]; |
4628 | auto *PartPtrTy = SI->getPointerOperandType(); |
4629 | |
4630 | auto AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
4631 | StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore( |
4632 | Val: PLoad, |
4633 | Ptr: getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, Ptr: StoreBasePtr, |
4634 | Offset: APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset), |
4635 | PointerTy: PartPtrTy, NamePrefix: StoreBasePtr->getName() + "." ), |
4636 | Align: getAdjustedAlignment(I: SI, Offset: PartOffset), |
4637 | /*IsVolatile*/ isVolatile: false); |
4638 | PStore->copyMetadata(SrcInst: *SI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
4639 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group, |
4640 | LLVMContext::MD_DIAssignID}); |
4641 | |
4642 | if (AATags) |
4643 | PStore->setAAMetadata( |
4644 | AATags.adjustForAccess(Offset: PartOffset, AccessTy: PLoad->getType(), DL)); |
4645 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n" ); |
4646 | } |
4647 | |
4648 | // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting |
4649 | // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by |
4650 | // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer |
4651 | // promotable. |
4652 | if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val: StoreBasePtr)) { |
4653 | ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(Ptr: OtherAI); |
4654 | Worklist.insert(X: OtherAI); |
4655 | } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>( |
4656 | Val: StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) { |
4657 | Worklist.insert(X: OtherAI); |
4658 | } |
4659 | |
4660 | // Mark the original store as dead. |
4661 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: SI); |
4662 | } |
4663 | |
4664 | // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users. |
4665 | if (DeferredStores) |
4666 | SplitLoadsMap.insert(KV: std::make_pair(x&: LI, y: std::move(SplitLoads))); |
4667 | |
4668 | // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice. |
4669 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: LI); |
4670 | Offsets.S->kill(); |
4671 | } |
4672 | |
4673 | // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that |
4674 | // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such |
4675 | // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of |
4676 | // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of |
4677 | // them. |
4678 | for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) { |
4679 | auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(Val: SI->getValueOperand()); |
4680 | IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(Val: LI->getType()); |
4681 | assert(Ty->getBitWidth() % 8 == 0); |
4682 | uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8; |
4683 | assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!" ); |
4684 | |
4685 | auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI]; |
4686 | assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() && |
4687 | "Slice size should always match load size exactly!" ); |
4688 | uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset(); |
4689 | assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset && |
4690 | "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!" ); |
4691 | |
4692 | Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand(); |
4693 | Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(Val: SI->getPointerOperand()); |
4694 | |
4695 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n" ); |
4696 | |
4697 | // Check whether we have an already split load. |
4698 | auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(Val: LI); |
4699 | std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr; |
4700 | if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) { |
4701 | SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second; |
4702 | assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 && |
4703 | "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!" ); |
4704 | } else { |
4705 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n" ); |
4706 | } |
4707 | |
4708 | uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front(); |
4709 | int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size(); |
4710 | for (;;) { |
4711 | auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(C&: Ty->getContext(), N: PartSize * 8); |
4712 | auto *LoadPartPtrTy = LI->getPointerOperandType(); |
4713 | auto *StorePartPtrTy = SI->getPointerOperandType(); |
4714 | |
4715 | // Either lookup a split load or create one. |
4716 | LoadInst *PLoad; |
4717 | if (SplitLoads) { |
4718 | PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx]; |
4719 | } else { |
4720 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI); |
4721 | auto AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
4722 | PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad( |
4723 | Ty: PartTy, |
4724 | Ptr: getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, Ptr: LoadBasePtr, |
4725 | Offset: APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset), |
4726 | PointerTy: LoadPartPtrTy, NamePrefix: LoadBasePtr->getName() + "." ), |
4727 | Align: getAdjustedAlignment(I: LI, Offset: PartOffset), |
4728 | /*IsVolatile*/ isVolatile: false, Name: LI->getName()); |
4729 | PLoad->copyMetadata(SrcInst: *LI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
4730 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
4731 | } |
4732 | |
4733 | // And store this partition. |
4734 | IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI); |
4735 | auto AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
4736 | StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore( |
4737 | Val: PLoad, |
4738 | Ptr: getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, Ptr: StoreBasePtr, |
4739 | Offset: APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset), |
4740 | PointerTy: StorePartPtrTy, NamePrefix: StoreBasePtr->getName() + "." ), |
4741 | Align: getAdjustedAlignment(I: SI, Offset: PartOffset), |
4742 | /*IsVolatile*/ isVolatile: false); |
4743 | PStore->copyMetadata(SrcInst: *SI, WL: {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access, |
4744 | LLVMContext::MD_access_group}); |
4745 | |
4746 | // Now build a new slice for the alloca. |
4747 | NewSlices.push_back( |
4748 | Elt: Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize, |
4749 | &PStore->getOperandUse(i: PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()), |
4750 | /*IsSplittable*/ false)); |
4751 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset() |
4752 | << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() |
4753 | << "): " << *PStore << "\n" ); |
4754 | if (!SplitLoads) { |
4755 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n" ); |
4756 | } |
4757 | |
4758 | // See if we've finished all the splits. |
4759 | if (Idx >= Size) |
4760 | break; |
4761 | |
4762 | // Setup the next partition. |
4763 | PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx]; |
4764 | ++Idx; |
4765 | PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset; |
4766 | } |
4767 | |
4768 | // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting |
4769 | // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and |
4770 | // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track |
4771 | // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be |
4772 | // promoted. |
4773 | if (!SplitLoads) { |
4774 | if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val: LoadBasePtr)) { |
4775 | assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!" ); |
4776 | ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(Ptr: OtherAI); |
4777 | Worklist.insert(X: OtherAI); |
4778 | } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>( |
4779 | Val: LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) { |
4780 | assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!" ); |
4781 | Worklist.insert(X: OtherAI); |
4782 | } |
4783 | } |
4784 | |
4785 | // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its |
4786 | // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place unless this store |
4787 | // was its only use. It may in turn be split up if it is an alloca load |
4788 | // for some other alloca, but it may be a normal load. This may introduce |
4789 | // redundant loads, but where those can be merged the rest of the optimizer |
4790 | // should handle the merging, and this uncovers SSA splits which is more |
4791 | // important. In practice, the original loads will almost always be fully |
4792 | // split and removed eventually, and the splits will be merged by any |
4793 | // trivial CSE, including instcombine. |
4794 | if (LI->hasOneUse()) { |
4795 | assert(*LI->user_begin() == SI && "Single use isn't this store!" ); |
4796 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: LI); |
4797 | } |
4798 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: SI); |
4799 | Offsets.S->kill(); |
4800 | } |
4801 | |
4802 | // Remove the killed slices that have ben pre-split. |
4803 | llvm::erase_if(C&: AS, P: [](const Slice &S) { return S.isDead(); }); |
4804 | |
4805 | // Insert our new slices. This will sort and merge them into the sorted |
4806 | // sequence. |
4807 | AS.insert(NewSlices); |
4808 | |
4809 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n" ); |
4810 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
4811 | for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I) |
4812 | LLVM_DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " " )); |
4813 | #endif |
4814 | |
4815 | // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting. |
4816 | // They have already been added to the worklist above. |
4817 | llvm::erase_if(C&: PromotableAllocas, P: [&](AllocaInst *AI) { |
4818 | return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(Ptr: AI); |
4819 | }); |
4820 | |
4821 | return true; |
4822 | } |
4823 | |
4824 | /// Rewrite an alloca partition's users. |
4825 | /// |
4826 | /// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries |
4827 | /// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value |
4828 | /// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will |
4829 | /// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and |
4830 | /// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the |
4831 | /// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was |
4832 | /// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be |
4833 | /// promoted. |
4834 | AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS, |
4835 | Partition &P) { |
4836 | // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This |
4837 | // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type |
4838 | // or an i8 array of an appropriate size. |
4839 | Type *SliceTy = nullptr; |
4840 | VectorType *SliceVecTy = nullptr; |
4841 | const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
4842 | std::pair<Type *, IntegerType *> CommonUseTy = |
4843 | findCommonType(B: P.begin(), E: P.end(), EndOffset: P.endOffset()); |
4844 | // Do all uses operate on the same type? |
4845 | if (CommonUseTy.first) |
4846 | if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: CommonUseTy.first).getFixedValue() >= P.size()) { |
4847 | SliceTy = CommonUseTy.first; |
4848 | SliceVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Val: SliceTy); |
4849 | } |
4850 | // If not, can we find an appropriate subtype in the original allocated type? |
4851 | if (!SliceTy) |
4852 | if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, Ty: AI.getAllocatedType(), |
4853 | Offset: P.beginOffset(), Size: P.size())) |
4854 | SliceTy = TypePartitionTy; |
4855 | |
4856 | // If still not, can we use the largest bitwidth integer type used? |
4857 | if (!SliceTy && CommonUseTy.second) |
4858 | if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: CommonUseTy.second).getFixedValue() >= P.size()) { |
4859 | SliceTy = CommonUseTy.second; |
4860 | SliceVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Val: SliceTy); |
4861 | } |
4862 | if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() && |
4863 | SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) && |
4864 | DL.isLegalInteger(Width: P.size() * 8)) { |
4865 | SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(C&: *C, N: P.size() * 8); |
4866 | } |
4867 | |
4868 | // If the common use types are not viable for promotion then attempt to find |
4869 | // another type that is viable. |
4870 | if (SliceVecTy && !checkVectorTypeForPromotion(P, VTy: SliceVecTy, DL)) |
4871 | if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, Ty: AI.getAllocatedType(), |
4872 | Offset: P.beginOffset(), Size: P.size())) { |
4873 | VectorType *TypePartitionVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Val: TypePartitionTy); |
4874 | if (TypePartitionVecTy && |
4875 | checkVectorTypeForPromotion(P, VTy: TypePartitionVecTy, DL)) |
4876 | SliceTy = TypePartitionTy; |
4877 | } |
4878 | |
4879 | if (!SliceTy) |
4880 | SliceTy = ArrayType::get(ElementType: Type::getInt8Ty(C&: *C), NumElements: P.size()); |
4881 | assert(DL.getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy).getFixedValue() >= P.size()); |
4882 | |
4883 | bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, AllocaTy: SliceTy, DL); |
4884 | |
4885 | VectorType *VecTy = |
4886 | IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, DL); |
4887 | if (VecTy) |
4888 | SliceTy = VecTy; |
4889 | |
4890 | // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the |
4891 | // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that |
4892 | // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to |
4893 | // perform phi and select speculation. |
4894 | // P.beginOffset() can be non-zero even with the same type in a case with |
4895 | // out-of-bounds access (e.g. @PR35657 function in SROA/basictest.ll). |
4896 | AllocaInst *NewAI; |
4897 | if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType() && P.beginOffset() == 0) { |
4898 | NewAI = &AI; |
4899 | // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed". |
4900 | // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here. |
4901 | // FIXME: return nullptr; |
4902 | } else { |
4903 | // Make sure the alignment is compatible with P.beginOffset(). |
4904 | const Align Alignment = commonAlignment(A: AI.getAlign(), Offset: P.beginOffset()); |
4905 | // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave |
4906 | // the alloca's alignment unconstrained. |
4907 | const bool IsUnconstrained = Alignment <= DL.getABITypeAlign(Ty: SliceTy); |
4908 | NewAI = new AllocaInst( |
4909 | SliceTy, AI.getAddressSpace(), nullptr, |
4910 | IsUnconstrained ? DL.getPrefTypeAlign(Ty: SliceTy) : Alignment, |
4911 | AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), |
4912 | AI.getIterator()); |
4913 | // Copy the old AI debug location over to the new one. |
4914 | NewAI->setDebugLoc(AI.getDebugLoc()); |
4915 | ++NumNewAllocas; |
4916 | } |
4917 | |
4918 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition " << "[" << P.beginOffset() |
4919 | << "," << P.endOffset() << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n" ); |
4920 | |
4921 | // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for |
4922 | // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in |
4923 | // fact scheduled for promotion. |
4924 | unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size(); |
4925 | unsigned NumUses = 0; |
4926 | SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers; |
4927 | SmallSetVector<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers; |
4928 | |
4929 | AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(), |
4930 | P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy, |
4931 | PHIUsers, SelectUsers); |
4932 | bool Promotable = true; |
4933 | for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) { |
4934 | Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(I: S); |
4935 | ++NumUses; |
4936 | } |
4937 | for (Slice &S : P) { |
4938 | Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(I: &S); |
4939 | ++NumUses; |
4940 | } |
4941 | |
4942 | NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses; |
4943 | MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition.updateMax(V: NumUses); |
4944 | |
4945 | // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any |
4946 | // PHIs or Selects would block promotion. |
4947 | for (PHINode *PHI : PHIUsers) |
4948 | if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(PN&: *PHI)) { |
4949 | Promotable = false; |
4950 | PHIUsers.clear(); |
4951 | SelectUsers.clear(); |
4952 | break; |
4953 | } |
4954 | |
4955 | SmallVector<std::pair<SelectInst *, RewriteableMemOps>, 2> |
4956 | NewSelectsToRewrite; |
4957 | NewSelectsToRewrite.reserve(N: SelectUsers.size()); |
4958 | for (SelectInst *Sel : SelectUsers) { |
4959 | std::optional<RewriteableMemOps> Ops = |
4960 | isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SI&: *Sel, PreserveCFG); |
4961 | if (!Ops) { |
4962 | Promotable = false; |
4963 | PHIUsers.clear(); |
4964 | SelectUsers.clear(); |
4965 | NewSelectsToRewrite.clear(); |
4966 | break; |
4967 | } |
4968 | NewSelectsToRewrite.emplace_back(Args: std::make_pair(x&: Sel, y&: *Ops)); |
4969 | } |
4970 | |
4971 | if (Promotable) { |
4972 | for (Use *U : AS.getDeadUsesIfPromotable()) { |
4973 | auto *OldInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val: U->get()); |
4974 | Value::dropDroppableUse(U&: *U); |
4975 | if (OldInst) |
4976 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I: OldInst)) |
4977 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: OldInst); |
4978 | } |
4979 | if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) { |
4980 | // Promote the alloca. |
4981 | PromotableAllocas.push_back(x: NewAI); |
4982 | } else { |
4983 | // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those |
4984 | // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the |
4985 | // next iteration. |
4986 | for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers) |
4987 | SpeculatablePHIs.insert(X: PHIUser); |
4988 | SelectsToRewrite.reserve(NumEntries: SelectsToRewrite.size() + |
4989 | NewSelectsToRewrite.size()); |
4990 | for (auto &&KV : llvm::make_range( |
4991 | x: std::make_move_iterator(i: NewSelectsToRewrite.begin()), |
4992 | y: std::make_move_iterator(i: NewSelectsToRewrite.end()))) |
4993 | SelectsToRewrite.insert(KV: std::move(KV)); |
4994 | Worklist.insert(X: NewAI); |
4995 | } |
4996 | } else { |
4997 | // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen. |
4998 | while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize) |
4999 | PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back(); |
5000 | |
5001 | // We couldn't promote and we didn't create a new partition, nothing |
5002 | // happened. |
5003 | if (NewAI == &AI) |
5004 | return nullptr; |
5005 | |
5006 | // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new |
5007 | // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an |
5008 | // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted. |
5009 | Worklist.insert(X: NewAI); |
5010 | } |
5011 | |
5012 | return NewAI; |
5013 | } |
5014 | |
5015 | static void insertNewDbgInst(DIBuilder &DIB, DbgDeclareInst *Orig, |
5016 | AllocaInst *NewAddr, DIExpression *NewFragmentExpr, |
5017 | Instruction *BeforeInst) { |
5018 | DIB.insertDeclare(Storage: NewAddr, VarInfo: Orig->getVariable(), Expr: NewFragmentExpr, |
5019 | DL: Orig->getDebugLoc(), InsertBefore: BeforeInst); |
5020 | } |
5021 | static void insertNewDbgInst(DIBuilder &DIB, DbgAssignIntrinsic *Orig, |
5022 | AllocaInst *NewAddr, DIExpression *NewFragmentExpr, |
5023 | Instruction *BeforeInst) { |
5024 | (void)BeforeInst; |
5025 | if (!NewAddr->hasMetadata(KindID: LLVMContext::MD_DIAssignID)) { |
5026 | NewAddr->setMetadata(KindID: LLVMContext::MD_DIAssignID, |
5027 | Node: DIAssignID::getDistinct(Context&: NewAddr->getContext())); |
5028 | } |
5029 | Instruction *NewAssign = |
5030 | DIB.insertDbgAssign(LinkedInstr: NewAddr, Val: Orig->getValue(), SrcVar: Orig->getVariable(), |
5031 | ValExpr: NewFragmentExpr, Addr: NewAddr, |
5032 | AddrExpr: Orig->getAddressExpression(), DL: Orig->getDebugLoc()) |
5033 | .get<Instruction *>(); |
5034 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Created new assign intrinsic: " << *NewAssign << "\n" ); |
5035 | (void)NewAssign; |
5036 | } |
5037 | static void insertNewDbgInst(DIBuilder &DIB, DbgVariableRecord *Orig, |
5038 | AllocaInst *NewAddr, DIExpression *NewFragmentExpr, |
5039 | Instruction *BeforeInst) { |
5040 | (void)DIB; |
5041 | if (Orig->isDbgDeclare()) { |
5042 | DbgVariableRecord *DVR = DbgVariableRecord::createDVRDeclare( |
5043 | Address: NewAddr, DV: Orig->getVariable(), Expr: NewFragmentExpr, DI: Orig->getDebugLoc()); |
5044 | BeforeInst->getParent()->insertDbgRecordBefore(DR: DVR, |
5045 | Here: BeforeInst->getIterator()); |
5046 | return; |
5047 | } |
5048 | if (!NewAddr->hasMetadata(KindID: LLVMContext::MD_DIAssignID)) { |
5049 | NewAddr->setMetadata(KindID: LLVMContext::MD_DIAssignID, |
5050 | Node: DIAssignID::getDistinct(Context&: NewAddr->getContext())); |
5051 | } |
5052 | DbgVariableRecord *NewAssign = DbgVariableRecord::createLinkedDVRAssign( |
5053 | LinkedInstr: NewAddr, Val: Orig->getValue(), Variable: Orig->getVariable(), Expression: NewFragmentExpr, Address: NewAddr, |
5054 | AddressExpression: Orig->getAddressExpression(), DI: Orig->getDebugLoc()); |
5055 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Created new DVRAssign: " << *NewAssign << "\n" ); |
5056 | (void)NewAssign; |
5057 | } |
5058 | |
5059 | /// Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them, |
5060 | /// rewriting each of their uses. |
5061 | bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) { |
5062 | if (AS.begin() == AS.end()) |
5063 | return false; |
5064 | |
5065 | unsigned NumPartitions = 0; |
5066 | bool Changed = false; |
5067 | const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
5068 | |
5069 | // First try to pre-split loads and stores. |
5070 | Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS); |
5071 | |
5072 | // Now that we have identified any pre-splitting opportunities, |
5073 | // mark loads and stores unsplittable except for the following case. |
5074 | // We leave a slice splittable if all other slices are disjoint or fully |
5075 | // included in the slice, such as whole-alloca loads and stores. |
5076 | // If we fail to split these during pre-splitting, we want to force them |
5077 | // to be rewritten into a partition. |
5078 | bool IsSorted = true; |
5079 | |
5080 | uint64_t AllocaSize = |
5081 | DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: AI.getAllocatedType()).getFixedValue(); |
5082 | const uint64_t MaxBitVectorSize = 1024; |
5083 | if (AllocaSize <= MaxBitVectorSize) { |
5084 | // If a byte boundary is included in any load or store, a slice starting or |
5085 | // ending at the boundary is not splittable. |
5086 | SmallBitVector SplittableOffset(AllocaSize + 1, true); |
5087 | for (Slice &S : AS) |
5088 | for (unsigned O = S.beginOffset() + 1; |
5089 | O < S.endOffset() && O < AllocaSize; O++) |
5090 | SplittableOffset.reset(Idx: O); |
5091 | |
5092 | for (Slice &S : AS) { |
5093 | if (!S.isSplittable()) |
5094 | continue; |
5095 | |
5096 | if ((S.beginOffset() > AllocaSize || SplittableOffset[S.beginOffset()]) && |
5097 | (S.endOffset() > AllocaSize || SplittableOffset[S.endOffset()])) |
5098 | continue; |
5099 | |
5100 | if (isa<LoadInst>(Val: S.getUse()->getUser()) || |
5101 | isa<StoreInst>(Val: S.getUse()->getUser())) { |
5102 | S.makeUnsplittable(); |
5103 | IsSorted = false; |
5104 | } |
5105 | } |
5106 | } else { |
5107 | // We only allow whole-alloca splittable loads and stores |
5108 | // for a large alloca to avoid creating too large BitVector. |
5109 | for (Slice &S : AS) { |
5110 | if (!S.isSplittable()) |
5111 | continue; |
5112 | |
5113 | if (S.beginOffset() == 0 && S.endOffset() >= AllocaSize) |
5114 | continue; |
5115 | |
5116 | if (isa<LoadInst>(Val: S.getUse()->getUser()) || |
5117 | isa<StoreInst>(Val: S.getUse()->getUser())) { |
5118 | S.makeUnsplittable(); |
5119 | IsSorted = false; |
5120 | } |
5121 | } |
5122 | } |
5123 | |
5124 | if (!IsSorted) |
5125 | llvm::sort(C&: AS); |
5126 | |
5127 | /// Describes the allocas introduced by rewritePartition in order to migrate |
5128 | /// the debug info. |
5129 | struct Fragment { |
5130 | AllocaInst *Alloca; |
5131 | uint64_t Offset; |
5132 | uint64_t Size; |
5133 | Fragment(AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t O, uint64_t S) |
5134 | : Alloca(AI), Offset(O), Size(S) {} |
5135 | }; |
5136 | SmallVector<Fragment, 4> Fragments; |
5137 | |
5138 | // Rewrite each partition. |
5139 | for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) { |
5140 | if (AllocaInst *NewAI = rewritePartition(AI, AS, P)) { |
5141 | Changed = true; |
5142 | if (NewAI != &AI) { |
5143 | uint64_t SizeOfByte = 8; |
5144 | uint64_t AllocaSize = |
5145 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: NewAI->getAllocatedType()).getFixedValue(); |
5146 | // Don't include any padding. |
5147 | uint64_t Size = std::min(a: AllocaSize, b: P.size() * SizeOfByte); |
5148 | Fragments.push_back( |
5149 | Elt: Fragment(NewAI, P.beginOffset() * SizeOfByte, Size)); |
5150 | } |
5151 | } |
5152 | ++NumPartitions; |
5153 | } |
5154 | |
5155 | NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions; |
5156 | MaxPartitionsPerAlloca.updateMax(V: NumPartitions); |
5157 | |
5158 | // Migrate debug information from the old alloca to the new alloca(s) |
5159 | // and the individual partitions. |
5160 | auto MigrateOne = [&](auto *DbgVariable) { |
5161 | auto *Expr = DbgVariable->getExpression(); |
5162 | DIBuilder DIB(*AI.getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false); |
5163 | uint64_t AllocaSize = |
5164 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty: AI.getAllocatedType()).getFixedValue(); |
5165 | for (auto Fragment : Fragments) { |
5166 | // Create a fragment expression describing the new partition or reuse AI's |
5167 | // expression if there is only one partition. |
5168 | auto *FragmentExpr = Expr; |
5169 | if (Fragment.Size < AllocaSize || Expr->isFragment()) { |
5170 | // If this alloca is already a scalar replacement of a larger aggregate, |
5171 | // Fragment.Offset describes the offset inside the scalar. |
5172 | auto ExprFragment = Expr->getFragmentInfo(); |
5173 | uint64_t Offset = ExprFragment ? ExprFragment->OffsetInBits : 0; |
5174 | uint64_t Start = Offset + Fragment.Offset; |
5175 | uint64_t Size = Fragment.Size; |
5176 | if (ExprFragment) { |
5177 | uint64_t AbsEnd = |
5178 | ExprFragment->OffsetInBits + ExprFragment->SizeInBits; |
5179 | if (Start >= AbsEnd) { |
5180 | // No need to describe a SROAed padding. |
5181 | continue; |
5182 | } |
5183 | Size = std::min(a: Size, b: AbsEnd - Start); |
5184 | } |
5185 | // The new, smaller fragment is stenciled out from the old fragment. |
5186 | if (auto OrigFragment = FragmentExpr->getFragmentInfo()) { |
5187 | assert(Start >= OrigFragment->OffsetInBits && |
5188 | "new fragment is outside of original fragment" ); |
5189 | Start -= OrigFragment->OffsetInBits; |
5190 | } |
5191 | |
5192 | // The alloca may be larger than the variable. |
5193 | auto VarSize = DbgVariable->getVariable()->getSizeInBits(); |
5194 | if (VarSize) { |
5195 | if (Size > *VarSize) |
5196 | Size = *VarSize; |
5197 | if (Size == 0 || Start + Size > *VarSize) |
5198 | continue; |
5199 | } |
5200 | |
5201 | // Avoid creating a fragment expression that covers the entire variable. |
5202 | if (!VarSize || *VarSize != Size) { |
5203 | if (auto E = |
5204 | DIExpression::createFragmentExpression(Expr, OffsetInBits: Start, SizeInBits: Size)) |
5205 | FragmentExpr = *E; |
5206 | else |
5207 | continue; |
5208 | } |
5209 | } |
5210 | |
5211 | // Remove any existing intrinsics on the new alloca describing |
5212 | // the variable fragment. |
5213 | auto RemoveOne = [DbgVariable](auto *OldDII) { |
5214 | auto SameVariableFragment = [](const auto *LHS, const auto *RHS) { |
5215 | return LHS->getVariable() == RHS->getVariable() && |
5216 | LHS->getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt() == |
5217 | RHS->getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt(); |
5218 | }; |
5219 | if (SameVariableFragment(OldDII, DbgVariable)) |
5220 | OldDII->eraseFromParent(); |
5221 | }; |
5222 | for_each(findDbgDeclares(V: Fragment.Alloca), RemoveOne); |
5223 | for_each(findDVRDeclares(V: Fragment.Alloca), RemoveOne); |
5224 | |
5225 | insertNewDbgInst(DIB, DbgVariable, Fragment.Alloca, FragmentExpr, &AI); |
5226 | } |
5227 | }; |
5228 | |
5229 | // Migrate debug information from the old alloca to the new alloca(s) |
5230 | // and the individual partitions. |
5231 | for_each(Range: findDbgDeclares(V: &AI), F: MigrateOne); |
5232 | for_each(Range: findDVRDeclares(V: &AI), F: MigrateOne); |
5233 | for_each(Range: at::getAssignmentMarkers(Inst: &AI), F: MigrateOne); |
5234 | for_each(Range: at::getDVRAssignmentMarkers(Inst: &AI), F: MigrateOne); |
5235 | |
5236 | return Changed; |
5237 | } |
5238 | |
5239 | /// Clobber a use with poison, deleting the used value if it becomes dead. |
5240 | void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) { |
5241 | Value *OldV = U; |
5242 | // Replace the use with an poison value. |
5243 | U = PoisonValue::get(T: OldV->getType()); |
5244 | |
5245 | // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect |
5246 | // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being |
5247 | // minimal. |
5248 | if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val: OldV)) |
5249 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I: OldI)) { |
5250 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: OldI); |
5251 | } |
5252 | } |
5253 | |
5254 | /// Analyze an alloca for SROA. |
5255 | /// |
5256 | /// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds |
5257 | /// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and |
5258 | /// rewritten as needed. |
5259 | std::pair<bool /*Changed*/, bool /*CFGChanged*/> |
5260 | SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) { |
5261 | bool Changed = false; |
5262 | bool CFGChanged = false; |
5263 | |
5264 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n" ); |
5265 | ++NumAllocasAnalyzed; |
5266 | |
5267 | // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial. |
5268 | if (AI.use_empty()) { |
5269 | AI.eraseFromParent(); |
5270 | Changed = true; |
5271 | return {Changed, CFGChanged}; |
5272 | } |
5273 | const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout(); |
5274 | |
5275 | // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle. |
5276 | auto *AT = AI.getAllocatedType(); |
5277 | TypeSize Size = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: AT); |
5278 | if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AT->isSized() || Size.isScalable() || |
5279 | Size.getFixedValue() == 0) |
5280 | return {Changed, CFGChanged}; |
5281 | |
5282 | // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote |
5283 | // better splitting and promotion opportunities. |
5284 | IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI); |
5285 | AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter(DL, IRB); |
5286 | Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(I&: AI); |
5287 | |
5288 | // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder. |
5289 | AllocaSlices AS(DL, AI); |
5290 | LLVM_DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs())); |
5291 | if (AS.isEscaped()) |
5292 | return {Changed, CFGChanged}; |
5293 | |
5294 | // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it. |
5295 | for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) { |
5296 | // Free up everything used by this instruction. |
5297 | for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands()) |
5298 | clobberUse(U&: DeadOp); |
5299 | |
5300 | // Now replace the uses of this instruction. |
5301 | DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(V: PoisonValue::get(T: DeadUser->getType())); |
5302 | |
5303 | // And mark it for deletion. |
5304 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: DeadUser); |
5305 | Changed = true; |
5306 | } |
5307 | for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) { |
5308 | clobberUse(U&: *DeadOp); |
5309 | Changed = true; |
5310 | } |
5311 | |
5312 | // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up. |
5313 | if (AS.begin() == AS.end()) |
5314 | return {Changed, CFGChanged}; |
5315 | |
5316 | Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS); |
5317 | |
5318 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n" ); |
5319 | while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty()) |
5320 | speculatePHINodeLoads(IRB, PN&: *SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val()); |
5321 | |
5322 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting Selects\n" ); |
5323 | auto RemainingSelectsToRewrite = SelectsToRewrite.takeVector(); |
5324 | while (!RemainingSelectsToRewrite.empty()) { |
5325 | const auto [K, V] = RemainingSelectsToRewrite.pop_back_val(); |
5326 | CFGChanged |= |
5327 | rewriteSelectInstMemOps(SI&: *K, Ops: V, IRB, DTU: PreserveCFG ? nullptr : DTU); |
5328 | } |
5329 | |
5330 | return {Changed, CFGChanged}; |
5331 | } |
5332 | |
5333 | /// Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run. |
5334 | /// |
5335 | /// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done |
5336 | /// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to |
5337 | /// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers |
5338 | /// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm. |
5339 | /// |
5340 | /// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't |
5341 | /// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote. |
5342 | bool SROA::deleteDeadInstructions( |
5343 | SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) { |
5344 | bool Changed = false; |
5345 | while (!DeadInsts.empty()) { |
5346 | Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Val: DeadInsts.pop_back_val()); |
5347 | if (!I) |
5348 | continue; |
5349 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n" ); |
5350 | |
5351 | // If the instruction is an alloca, find the possible dbg.declare connected |
5352 | // to it, and remove it too. We must do this before calling RAUW or we will |
5353 | // not be able to find it. |
5354 | if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val: I)) { |
5355 | DeletedAllocas.insert(Ptr: AI); |
5356 | for (DbgDeclareInst *OldDII : findDbgDeclares(V: AI)) |
5357 | OldDII->eraseFromParent(); |
5358 | for (DbgVariableRecord *OldDII : findDVRDeclares(V: AI)) |
5359 | OldDII->eraseFromParent(); |
5360 | } |
5361 | |
5362 | at::deleteAssignmentMarkers(Inst: I); |
5363 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(V: UndefValue::get(T: I->getType())); |
5364 | |
5365 | for (Use &Operand : I->operands()) |
5366 | if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val&: Operand)) { |
5367 | // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead. |
5368 | Operand = nullptr; |
5369 | if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I: U)) |
5370 | DeadInsts.push_back(Elt: U); |
5371 | } |
5372 | |
5373 | ++NumDeleted; |
5374 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
5375 | Changed = true; |
5376 | } |
5377 | return Changed; |
5378 | } |
5379 | |
5380 | /// Promote the allocas, using the best available technique. |
5381 | /// |
5382 | /// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in |
5383 | /// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do. |
5384 | /// This function returns whether any promotion occurred. |
5385 | bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) { |
5386 | if (PromotableAllocas.empty()) |
5387 | return false; |
5388 | |
5389 | NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size(); |
5390 | |
5391 | if (SROASkipMem2Reg) { |
5392 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Not promoting allocas with mem2reg!\n" ); |
5393 | } else { |
5394 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n" ); |
5395 | PromoteMemToReg(Allocas: PromotableAllocas, DT&: DTU->getDomTree(), AC); |
5396 | } |
5397 | |
5398 | PromotableAllocas.clear(); |
5399 | return true; |
5400 | } |
5401 | |
5402 | std::pair<bool /*Changed*/, bool /*CFGChanged*/> SROA::runSROA(Function &F) { |
5403 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n" ); |
5404 | |
5405 | const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout(); |
5406 | BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock(); |
5407 | for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(x: EntryBB.end()); |
5408 | I != E; ++I) { |
5409 | if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val&: I)) { |
5410 | if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty: AI->getAllocatedType()).isScalable() && |
5411 | isAllocaPromotable(AI)) |
5412 | PromotableAllocas.push_back(x: AI); |
5413 | else |
5414 | Worklist.insert(X: AI); |
5415 | } |
5416 | } |
5417 | |
5418 | bool Changed = false; |
5419 | bool CFGChanged = false; |
5420 | // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from |
5421 | // the list of promotable allocas. |
5422 | SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas; |
5423 | |
5424 | do { |
5425 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { |
5426 | auto [IterationChanged, IterationCFGChanged] = |
5427 | runOnAlloca(AI&: *Worklist.pop_back_val()); |
5428 | Changed |= IterationChanged; |
5429 | CFGChanged |= IterationCFGChanged; |
5430 | |
5431 | Changed |= deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas); |
5432 | |
5433 | // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to |
5434 | // continue processing them. |
5435 | if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) { |
5436 | auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(Ptr: AI); }; |
5437 | Worklist.remove_if(P: IsInSet); |
5438 | PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(P: IsInSet); |
5439 | llvm::erase_if(C&: PromotableAllocas, P: IsInSet); |
5440 | DeletedAllocas.clear(); |
5441 | } |
5442 | } |
5443 | |
5444 | Changed |= promoteAllocas(F); |
5445 | |
5446 | Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist; |
5447 | PostPromotionWorklist.clear(); |
5448 | } while (!Worklist.empty()); |
5449 | |
5450 | assert((!CFGChanged || Changed) && "Can not only modify the CFG." ); |
5451 | assert((!CFGChanged || !PreserveCFG) && |
5452 | "Should not have modified the CFG when told to preserve it." ); |
5453 | |
5454 | if (Changed && isAssignmentTrackingEnabled(M: *F.getParent())) { |
5455 | for (auto &BB : F) { |
5456 | RemoveRedundantDbgInstrs(BB: &BB); |
5457 | } |
5458 | } |
5459 | |
5460 | return {Changed, CFGChanged}; |
5461 | } |
5462 | |
5463 | PreservedAnalyses SROAPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) { |
5464 | DominatorTree &DT = AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(IR&: F); |
5465 | AssumptionCache &AC = AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(IR&: F); |
5466 | DomTreeUpdater DTU(DT, DomTreeUpdater::UpdateStrategy::Lazy); |
5467 | auto [Changed, CFGChanged] = |
5468 | SROA(&F.getContext(), &DTU, &AC, PreserveCFG).runSROA(F); |
5469 | if (!Changed) |
5470 | return PreservedAnalyses::all(); |
5471 | PreservedAnalyses PA; |
5472 | if (!CFGChanged) |
5473 | PA.preserveSet<CFGAnalyses>(); |
5474 | PA.preserve<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(); |
5475 | return PA; |
5476 | } |
5477 | |
5478 | void SROAPass::printPipeline( |
5479 | raw_ostream &OS, function_ref<StringRef(StringRef)> MapClassName2PassName) { |
5480 | static_cast<PassInfoMixin<SROAPass> *>(this)->printPipeline( |
5481 | OS, MapClassName2PassName); |
5482 | OS << (PreserveCFG == SROAOptions::PreserveCFG ? "<preserve-cfg>" |
5483 | : "<modify-cfg>" ); |
5484 | } |
5485 | |
5486 | SROAPass::SROAPass(SROAOptions PreserveCFG) : PreserveCFG(PreserveCFG) {} |
5487 | |
5488 | namespace { |
5489 | |
5490 | /// A legacy pass for the legacy pass manager that wraps the \c SROA pass. |
5491 | class SROALegacyPass : public FunctionPass { |
5492 | SROAOptions PreserveCFG; |
5493 | |
5494 | public: |
5495 | static char ID; |
5496 | |
5497 | SROALegacyPass(SROAOptions PreserveCFG = SROAOptions::PreserveCFG) |
5498 | : FunctionPass(ID), PreserveCFG(PreserveCFG) { |
5499 | initializeSROALegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
5500 | } |
5501 | |
5502 | bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override { |
5503 | if (skipFunction(F)) |
5504 | return false; |
5505 | |
5506 | DominatorTree &DT = getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); |
5507 | AssumptionCache &AC = |
5508 | getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F); |
5509 | DomTreeUpdater DTU(DT, DomTreeUpdater::UpdateStrategy::Lazy); |
5510 | auto [Changed, _] = |
5511 | SROA(&F.getContext(), &DTU, &AC, PreserveCFG).runSROA(F); |
5512 | return Changed; |
5513 | } |
5514 | |
5515 | void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override { |
5516 | AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); |
5517 | AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); |
5518 | AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>(); |
5519 | AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); |
5520 | } |
5521 | |
5522 | StringRef getPassName() const override { return "SROA" ; } |
5523 | }; |
5524 | |
5525 | } // end anonymous namespace |
5526 | |
5527 | char SROALegacyPass::ID = 0; |
5528 | |
5529 | FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass(bool PreserveCFG) { |
5530 | return new SROALegacyPass(PreserveCFG ? SROAOptions::PreserveCFG |
5531 | : SROAOptions::ModifyCFG); |
5532 | } |
5533 | |
5534 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROALegacyPass, "sroa" , |
5535 | "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates" , false, false) |
5536 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) |
5537 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) |
5538 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROALegacyPass, "sroa" , "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates" , |
5539 | false, false) |
5540 | |